OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series

V500R007 Kunpeng

Product Description

Issue 03
Date 2020-04-10

HUAWEI TECHNOLOGIES CO., LTD.

Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2020. All rights reserved.
No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means without prior
written consent of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Trademarks and Permissions

and other Huawei trademarks are trademarks of Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
All other trademarks and trade names mentioned in this document are the property of their respective
holders.

Notice
The purchased products, services and features are stipulated by the contract made between Huawei and
the customer. All or part of the products, services and features described in this document may not be
within the purchase scope or the usage scope. Unless otherwise specified in the contract, all statements,
information, and recommendations in this document are provided "AS IS" without warranties, guarantees
or representations of any kind, either express or implied.

The information in this document is subject to change without notice. Every effort has been made in the
preparation of this document to ensure accuracy of the contents, but all statements, information, and
recommendations in this document do not constitute a warranty of any kind, express or implied.

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.

Address: Huawei Industrial Base
Bantian, Longgang
Shenzhen 518129
People's Republic of China

Website: https://e.huawei.com

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. i

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description About This Document

About This Document

Purpose
This document describes the positioning, features, typical applications,
architecture, specifications, environmental requirements, standards compliance,
and granted certifications of OceanStor storage systems.

Supported product models are as follows.

Product Series Product Model

OceanStor 5000 V5 OceanStor 5300 V5, 5500 V5, 5600 V5, and 5800 V5
series

OceanStor 6000 V5 OceanStor 6800 V5

series

Intended Audience
This document is intended for: All readers

Symbol Conventions
The symbols that may be found in this document are defined as follows.

Symbol Description

Indicates a hazard with a high level of risk which,

if not avoided, will result in death or serious
injury.

Indicates a hazard with a medium level of risk

which, if not avoided, could result in death or
serious injury.

Indicates a hazard with a low level of risk which,

if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate
injury.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. ii

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description About This Document

Symbol Description

Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which,

if not avoided, could result in equipment damage,
data loss, performance deterioration, or
unanticipated results.
NOTICE is used to address practices not related to
personal injury.

Supplements the important information in the

main text.
NOTE is used to address information not related
to personal injury, equipment damage, and
environment deterioration.

Change History
Changes between document issues are cumulative. The latest document issue
contains all the changes made in earlier issues.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10)
This issue is the third official release.
Made some changes in specifications.

Issue 02 (2019-12-30)
This issue is the second official release.
● Added the description of smart disk enclosures.
● Added the description of OceanStor 6800 V5.

Issue 01 (2019-09-25)
This issue is the first official release.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iii

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description Contents

Contents

About This Document................................................................................................................ ii

1 Product Positioning................................................................................................................. 1
2 Product Features...................................................................................................................... 3
3 Typical Applications.............................................................................................................. 11
3.1 High-Performance Applications....................................................................................................................................... 11
3.2 High-Availability Applications.......................................................................................................................................... 13
3.3 High-Density and Multi-Service Applications............................................................................................................. 15

4 Hardware Architecture.........................................................................................................18
4.1 Device Composition..............................................................................................................................................................18
4.2 3D Interactive Hardware Demonstration......................................................................................................................21
4.3 2 U Controller Enclosure (Supported by OceanStor 5300 V5)..............................................................................22
4.3.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 22
4.3.2 Component Description...................................................................................................................................................25
4.3.2.1 System Subrack............................................................................................................................................................... 25
4.3.2.2 Controller.......................................................................................................................................................................... 26
4.3.2.3 BBU..................................................................................................................................................................................... 28
4.3.2.4 Fan Module...................................................................................................................................................................... 29
4.3.2.5 Power Module................................................................................................................................................................. 30
4.3.2.6 Disk Module..................................................................................................................................................................... 32
4.3.3 Indicator Introduction...................................................................................................................................................... 33
4.4 2 U Controller Enclosure (Supported by OceanStor 5500 V5, 5600 V5, and 5800 V5)................................38
4.4.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 38
4.4.2 Component Description...................................................................................................................................................41
4.4.2.1 System Subrack............................................................................................................................................................... 41
4.4.2.2 Controller.......................................................................................................................................................................... 42
4.4.2.3 Fan Module...................................................................................................................................................................... 43
4.4.2.4 Power-BBU Module....................................................................................................................................................... 44
4.4.2.5 Disk Module..................................................................................................................................................................... 46
4.4.3 Indicator Introduction...................................................................................................................................................... 49
4.5 4 U Controller Enclosure.....................................................................................................................................................52
4.5.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 52
4.5.2 Component Description...................................................................................................................................................56

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. iv

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description Contents

4.5.2.1 System Subrack............................................................................................................................................................... 56

4.5.2.2 Controller.......................................................................................................................................................................... 56
4.5.2.3 Assistant Cooling Module........................................................................................................................................... 57
4.5.2.4 Fan Module...................................................................................................................................................................... 58
4.5.2.5 BBU..................................................................................................................................................................................... 60
4.5.2.6 Power Module................................................................................................................................................................. 61
4.5.2.7 Management Module................................................................................................................................................... 63
4.5.3 Indicator Description........................................................................................................................................................ 64
4.6 Interface Module................................................................................................................................................................... 67
4.6.1 GE Electrical Interface Module..................................................................................................................................... 68
4.6.2 25 Gbit/s RDMA Interface Module.............................................................................................................................. 69
4.6.3 40GE Interface Module....................................................................................................................................................71
4.6.4 100GE Interface Module................................................................................................................................................. 73
4.6.5 100 Gbit/s RDMA Interface Module............................................................................................................................75
4.6.6 SmartIO Interface Module............................................................................................................................................. 78
4.6.7 12 Gbit/s SAS Expansion Module................................................................................................................................. 84
4.6.8 12 Gbit/s SAS V2 Interconnect Expansion Module................................................................................................ 86
4.7 SAS Disk Enclosure (2 U, 2.5-Inch Disks)..................................................................................................................... 88
4.7.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 88
4.7.2 Component Description...................................................................................................................................................89
4.7.2.1 System Subrack............................................................................................................................................................... 89
4.7.2.2 Expansion Module......................................................................................................................................................... 90
4.7.2.3 Power Module................................................................................................................................................................. 91
4.7.2.4 Disk Module..................................................................................................................................................................... 93
4.7.3 Indicator Introduction...................................................................................................................................................... 95
4.8 SAS Disk Enclosure (4 U, 3.5-Inch Disks)..................................................................................................................... 97
4.8.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................... 97
4.8.2 Component Description...................................................................................................................................................98
4.8.2.1 System Subrack............................................................................................................................................................... 99
4.8.2.2 Expansion Module......................................................................................................................................................... 99
4.8.2.3 Power Module............................................................................................................................................................... 101
4.8.2.4 Fan Module.................................................................................................................................................................... 102
4.8.2.5 Disk Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 103
4.8.3 Indicator Introduction.................................................................................................................................................... 104
4.9 Smart SAS Disk Enclosure (2 U, 2.5-Inch Disks)...................................................................................................... 107
4.9.1 Overview............................................................................................................................................................................ 107
4.9.2 Component Description................................................................................................................................................ 108
4.9.2.1 System Subrack............................................................................................................................................................ 108
4.9.2.2 Expansion Module....................................................................................................................................................... 109
4.9.2.3 Fan Module.................................................................................................................................................................... 111
4.9.2.4 Power Module............................................................................................................................................................... 112
4.9.2.5 Disk Module.................................................................................................................................................................. 113

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. v

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description Contents

4.9.3 Indicator Introduction.................................................................................................................................................... 114

4.10 Smart SAS Disk Enclosure (2 U, 3.5-Inch Disks)................................................................................................... 117
4.10.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................................................................... 117
4.10.2 Component Description.............................................................................................................................................. 118
4.10.2.1 System Subrack.......................................................................................................................................................... 118
4.10.2.2 Expansion Module.....................................................................................................................................................119
4.10.2.3 Fan Module................................................................................................................................................................. 121
4.10.2.4 Power Module............................................................................................................................................................ 122
4.10.2.5 Disk Module................................................................................................................................................................ 123
4.10.3 Indicator Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 124
4.11 Smart NVMe Disk Enclosure (2 U, Palm-sized Disks)......................................................................................... 127
4.11.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................................................................... 127
4.11.2 Component Description.............................................................................................................................................. 128
4.11.2.1 System Subrack.......................................................................................................................................................... 128
4.11.2.2 Expansion Module.....................................................................................................................................................129
4.11.2.3 Fan Module................................................................................................................................................................. 130
4.11.2.4 Power Module............................................................................................................................................................ 131
4.11.2.5 Disk Module................................................................................................................................................................ 132
4.11.3 Indicator Description................................................................................................................................................... 133
4.12 High-Density Disk Enclosure........................................................................................................................................ 135
4.12.1 Overview.......................................................................................................................................................................... 135
4.12.2 Component Description.............................................................................................................................................. 139
4.12.2.1 System Subrack.......................................................................................................................................................... 139
4.12.2.2 Expansion Module.....................................................................................................................................................140
4.12.2.3 Disk Module................................................................................................................................................................ 141
4.12.2.4 Power Module............................................................................................................................................................ 143
4.12.2.5 Fan Module................................................................................................................................................................. 144
4.12.3 Indicator Introduction................................................................................................................................................. 145
4.13 Coffer Disk.......................................................................................................................................................................... 148
4.14 (Optional) Quorum Server........................................................................................................................................... 153
4.15 Device Cables.....................................................................................................................................................................159
4.15.1 Power Cables.................................................................................................................................................................. 159
4.15.2 Ground Cables............................................................................................................................................................... 160
4.15.3 Network Cables............................................................................................................................................................. 160
4.15.4 Serial Cables................................................................................................................................................................... 161
4.15.5 Mini SAS HD Cables..................................................................................................................................................... 162
4.15.5.1 Mini SAS HD Electrical Cables.............................................................................................................................. 163
4.15.5.2 Mini SAS HD Optical Cables.................................................................................................................................. 163
4.15.6 Optical Fibers................................................................................................................................................................. 164
4.15.7 100G QSFP28 Cables................................................................................................................................................... 165
4.15.8 25G SFP28 Cables......................................................................................................................................................... 165

5 Software Architecture........................................................................................................ 166

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vi

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description Contents

6 Product Specifications........................................................................................................174
6.1 Hardware Specifications................................................................................................................................................... 174
6.1.1 Hardware Specifications (5300 V5).......................................................................................................................... 174
6.1.2 Hardware Specifications (5500 V5).......................................................................................................................... 183
6.1.3 Hardware Specifications (5600 V5).......................................................................................................................... 192
6.1.4 Hardware Specifications (5800 V5).......................................................................................................................... 201
6.1.5 Hardware Specifications (6800 V5).......................................................................................................................... 210
6.2 Software Specifications.................................................................................................................................................... 219
6.2.1 Software Specifications (5300 V5)............................................................................................................................ 219
6.2.2 Software Specifications (5500 V5)............................................................................................................................ 230
6.2.3 Software Specifications (5600 V5)............................................................................................................................ 242
6.2.4 Software Specifications (5800 V5)............................................................................................................................ 254
6.2.5 Software Specifications (6800 V5)............................................................................................................................ 265

7 Environmental Requirements...........................................................................................278
7.1 Temperature, Humidity, and Altitude.......................................................................................................................... 278
7.2 Vibration and Shock.......................................................................................................................................................... 279
7.3 Particle Contaminants.......................................................................................................................................................280
7.4 Corrosive Airborne Contaminants.................................................................................................................................281
7.5 Heat Dissipation and Noise............................................................................................................................................ 284

8 Standards Compliance....................................................................................................... 288

9 Certifications........................................................................................................................ 293
10 Operation and Maintenance.......................................................................................... 298
A How to Obtain Help...........................................................................................................300
A.1 Preparations for Contacting Huawei........................................................................................................................... 300
A.1.1 Collecting Troubleshooting Information................................................................................................................. 300
A.1.2 Making Debugging Preparations.............................................................................................................................. 300
A.2 How to Use the Document............................................................................................................................................. 301
A.3 How to Obtain Help from Website..............................................................................................................................301
A.4 Ways to Contact Huawei................................................................................................................................................. 301

B Glossary................................................................................................................................. 302
C Acronyms and Abbreviations........................................................................................... 303

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. vii

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 1 Product Positioning

1 Product Positioning

The OceanStor 5300 V5, 5500 V5, 5600 V5, and 5800 V5 storage system is Huawei
mid-range storage providing stable, reliable, converged, and efficient data services
for enterprises. The OceanStor 6800 V5 storage system is Huawei mission-critical
storage dedicated to providing the highest level of data services for enterprises'
key services.
The 5300 V5, 5500 V5, 5600 V5, 5800 V5, and 6800 V5 storage system offers
comprehensive and superb solutions by unifying file-based, block-based offerings
and various protocols into a single product and using diverse efficiency boost
mechanisms to provide industry-leading performance. Those solutions help
customers maximize their return on investment (ROI) and meet the requirements
of different application scenarios such as Online Transaction Processing (OLTP)
and Online Analytical Processing (OLAP) of large databases, high-performance
computing (HPC), digital media, Internet operation, centralized storage, backup,
disaster recovery, and data migration.
In addition to providing high-performance storage services for application servers,
the 5300 V5, 5500 V5, 5600 V5, 5800 V5, and 6800 V5 storage system supports
advanced data backup and disaster recovery technologies, ensuring the secure and
smooth running of data services. Also, it offers easy-to-use management modes
and convenient local/remote maintenance modes, greatly decreasing the
management and maintenance costs.

Position and Application on a Unified SAN and NAS Network

Figure 1-1 shows the position and application of the storage system on a unified
SAN and NAS network.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 1

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 1 Product Positioning

Figure 1-1 Position and application

NAS application hosts SAN application hosts Domain controller Backup server

Connections via GE or 10GE, file Connections via Ethernet, Backup management

reads/writes using Block reads/writes via FC
LDAP/AD/NIS/DNS domain
NFS/CIFS/FTP/HTTP SAN and IP SAN
management

Local user
Storage system Connections via GE or 10GE, file
reads/writes using
Remote and local NFS/CIFS/FTP/HTTP
Service engineer maintenance

Connections via GE or
Connections via Ethernet, 10GE, file reads/writes
management and using NFS/CIFS (domain
maintenance using visualized environment) Domain user
management tools
Administrator

Remote disaster recovery

Local backup/Remote
application, file-level remote
backup
replication, SAN remote mirroring Remote storage devices

Backup medium

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 2

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 2 Product Features

2 Product Features

Designed for midtier-to-enterprise storage environments, the storage system

utilizes high-specification hardware and is available in block, file, and unified
configurations. It offers significant advancements in data applications and
protection and provides the following benefits.

Unified Storage
● SAN and NAS unified storage technologies
Unifies SAN and NAS technologies to store both structured and unstructured
data.
● A wide range of mainstream storage protocols
Supports mainstream storage protocols such as iSCSI, Fibre Channel, NFS,
CIFS, HTTP, and FTP.
● Support for hosts to access any LUN or file system using the front-end ports
of any controller.

High Performance
The storage system offers a three-level performance acceleration technology, and
delivers hierarchical performance for different applications. The three levels are:
1. State-of-the-art hardware
The storage system is equipped with 64-bit multi-core processors, high-speed
and large-capacity caches, and various high-speed interface modules. The
superior hardware allows it to offer better storage performance than tradition
storage systems.
2. SmartTier
The SmartTier technology identifies hotspot data and periodically promotes
them to high-performance storage medium for a performance boost. In
addition, SmartTier supports SSD data caching, accelerating access to hotspot
data.
3. Solid state drives (SSDs)
The storage system adopts the operating system specially designed for all-
flash arrays to fully utilize SSDs and provide peak performance for the most-
demanding applications.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 3

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 2 Product Features

Flexible Scalability
The storage system has an outstanding scalability. It supports a wide range of the
following disks and host interface modules in a high density:
● Disks:
SAS disks, NL-SAS disks, and SSDs.
● Interface modules: For details, see 4.6 Interface Module.
The storage system also supports the Scale-out technology to improve storage
system performance as the number of controllers increases.

Proven Reliability
The storage system uses advanced technologies to offer protection measures,
minimizing risks of failures and data loss.
● Protection against component failures
The storage system components are in 1+1 redundancy and work in active-
active mode. Normally, every two components are working simultaneously
and share loads. If one component fails or goes offline, the other one takes
over all loads and speeds up to compensate. The whole process is transparent
to applications.
● RAID 2.0+ underlying virtualization
The storage system employs innovative RAID 2.0+ underlying virtualization
technology for automatic disk load balancing. If a disk encounters a fault, all
the other disks in the same disk domain help construct the faulty disk's
service data, achieving a 20-fold faster reconstruction speed than traditional
RAID technology. In addition, RAID 2.0+ significantly reduces the possibility of
multi-disk failure.
● Data protection in the event of a controller failure
– Built-in backup battery units (BBUs) supply power to controllers in the
event of unexpected power failures. BBUs enable cache data to be written
to built-in disks of controllers to avoid data loss.
– When a piece of software is faulty, the storage system will attempt to
reboot. During the reboot, data is stored in the cache. If the reboot fails,
data in the cache will be written into the built-in disks of controllers to
avoid data loss.
– If hardware of a controller is faulty, the storage system will use the
memory mirroring technology to enable the other normal controller to
take over the services to ensure data consistency.
● Bad sector repair
In a storage system, the frequently occurred faults are bad sectors of disks.
The storage system adopts the bad sector repair technology to proactively
detect and repair bad sectors, reduce the disk failure rate by 50%, and
prolong the service life of disks.
● Disk pre-copy
The disk pre-copy technology enables the storage system to routinely check
the hardware status. Once it detects that a disk has fault risks, it will enable
data migration from the disk to another normal disk to prevent data loss.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 4

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 2 Product Features

● IP address failover
The storage system adopts IP address failover technology. If a physical host
port that implements the NAS protocol is damaged, the IP address assigned
to that port automatically fails over to another functional port. Based on the
correct networking, services are seamlessly failed over, preventing damage to
a port from affecting services.
● Online disk diagnosis
The online disk diagnosis feature is used to handle disk faults. If a disk fault
occurs, the storage system takes the disk offline. Then, the online diagnosis
module reads the S.M.A.R.T information about the disk and takes analysis,
testing, and recovery measures. After the disk is recovered, the online
diagnosis module enables the disk to rejoin the RAID, prolonging the lifecycle
of the disk.
● Data coffer disk
Data coffer disks consist of the first four disks of a storage system's controller
enclosure and one disk built in each controller. They store three types of data:
cache data requiring power failure protection, OceanStor OS system data, and
system configuration information and logs.

High Availability
In routine maintenance:
The storage system uses Turbo Module, online capacity expansion, and disk
roaming technologies to provide high availability for applications and non-
disruptive system running during maintenance.
● Turbo Module enables controllers, fans, power modules, interface modules,
BBUs, and disks to be hot-swappable, allowing online operations.
● Dynamic capacity expansion enables users to add disks to a disk domain in an
online and easy manner.
● Disk roaming enables a storage system to automatically identify relocated
disks and resume their services.
In data protection:
The storage system provides the following advanced data protection technologies
and protocols to protect data integrity and continuous system running even when
catastrophic disasters happen:
● HyperSnap generates multiple point-in-time images for the source logical unit
number (LUN) or source file system data. The snapshot images can be used
to recover data quickly when needed.
● HyperCopy backs up data among heterogeneous storage systems for data
protection.
● HyperReplication backs up local data onto a remote storage system for
disaster recovery.
● HyperClone preserves a real-time physical copy of a source LUN for the high
availability of local data.
● HyperMirror backs up data in real time. If the source data becomes
unavailable, applications can automatically use the data copy, ensuring data
security and application continuity.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 5

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 2 Product Features

● HyperMetro synchronizes and replicates data between storage arrays,

monitors service operating status, and performs failovers. In addition, it can
switch over services and implement service load sharing when storage arrays
are running.
The Network Data Management Protocol (NDMP) is also used for data backup
and recovery.
In resource management:
The storage system employs the following resource application technologies for
flexible resource management to protect customers' storage investments:
● SmartVirtualization enables a local storage system to centrally manage
storage resources of heterogeneous storage systems, simplifying storage
system management and reducing maintenance costs.
● SmartMigration migrates LUNs in or between storage systems, adjusting and
allocating resources along with business development.
● SmartMulti-Tenant enables a storage system to provide different tenants with
shared storage resources and to separate tenant access and management.
The storage system supports memory upgrade so that storage performance
matches service development.

High System Security

Storage network security:
● Security of management channels
The management operations from physical ports are controlled by the access
authentication mechanism of the storage system, and only authorized users
are allowed to manage the storage system.
● Anti-attack protection for protocols and ports
The storage system provides only necessary ports to the external for system
operations and maintenance. All the ports used are listed in the
Communication Matrix. Dynamic listening ports are functioning in the proper
scope, and no undisclosed interface exists.
● Service ports are isolated from management ports
The Access Control List (ACL) mechanism is adopted to isolate Ethernet ports
from internal heartbeat network ports, management network ports, and
maintenance network ports.
Storage service security:
● Security of the operating system
The storage system uses a dedicated operating system. Security of the
operating system has been hardened before the storage system is delivered.
The storage systems update security patches for their operating systems and
open-source software based on site requirements, safeguarding users' data.
● Data storage encryption
– The storage system supports data encryption by using a network
password manager. The network password manager employs the
standard cryptographic algorithm supported by the State Encryption

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 6

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 2 Product Features

Administration of China. It allows only the hosts that comply with

security policies to access storage system data by auditing access control
policies and controlling access attempts from hosts. After the network
password manager is deployed, all mutual information between the hosts
and storage system will pass the network password manager to enable
read/write data encryption and decryption. This ensures data security of
the storage system.
– The storage system supports self-encrypting drives (SEDs). The hardware
circuits and internal data encrypt key of SEDs are used for data writing
encryption and data reading decryption. To ensure the security of the
data encrypt key, the storage system and the third-party key
management server jointly provide a highly secure, reliable, and available
key management solution.
NOTE

SEDs are only sold outside Chinese mainland.

● Data destruction
When deleting unwanted data, the system erases the specified LUN to make
the deleted data unable to be restored, preventing critical data leaks.
● File antivirus
When the storage system runs a file system and shares the file system with
clients through CIFS, third-party antivirus software can be used to trigger
virus scanning and delete virus-infected files, improving storage system
security.

Storage management security:

● Security of management and maintenance

The operations of users can be allowed and denied. All management
operations are logged by the system.
● Data integrity protection and tamper resistance
The Write Once Read Many (WORM) feature allows users to set critical data
to the read-only state, preventing unauthorized data change and deletion
during a specified period of time.

In addition, trusted verification is enabled during the storage system startup to

measure and verify BIOS > Grub > Euler Linux Kernel > Euler Linux > Storage
application software level by level to prove integrity of loaded software at each
level and to prevent software tampering. The storage system's power-on process
will be verified to ensure that the system is not tampered with.

Virtualization, Intelligence, and Efficiency

The storage system absorbs the concept of "Virtualization, Intelligence, and
Efficiency", which fits the up-to-date storage design idea and wins a leading
position for the storage system. Compared with traditional storage systems, the
series introduces the following technologies to provide higher storage space usage,
faster data reconstruction, smarter performance allocation, and finer service
quality control:

● RAID 2.0+ underlying virtualization

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 7

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 2 Product Features

Divides disk storage space into small-sized data blocks and uses the blocks to
create RAID groups for fine-grained resource management. The technology
realizes automatic load balancing, higher storage performance, better storage
space utilization, faster disk reconstruction, and finer storage space
management. RAID 2.0+ serves as a basis for a number of other advanced
storage technologies.
● SmartTier (intelligent storage tiering)
Enables a storage system to automatically analyze data access frequency per
unit time and relocate data to disks of different performance levels based on
the analysis result. High-performance disks store hot data, performance disks
store warm data, and large-capacity disks store cold data. As a result,
SmartTier optimizes overall performance and reduces costs per IOPS.
● SmartQoS (intelligent service quality control)
Enables a storage system to categorize service data based on data
characteristics (each category represents a type of application) and set a
priority and performance objective for each category. In this way, resources
are assigned to services based on priorities, ensuring the performance of
mission-critical services that have the top priority.
● SmartThin (Thin provisioning)
Allows on-demand allocation of storage space rather than the traditional
method of pre-allocating all storage space at the initial stage. It is more
efficient because the amount of resources used is close to the amount of
resources allocated. In this way, the initial purchase cost and total cost of
ownership are reduced.
● SmartCache (intelligent storage cache)
Uses SSDs as cache resources to significantly promote system read
performance when random, small I/Os with hot data require more read
operations than write operations.
● Quick document incremental backup with Tivoli Storage Manager (TSM)
When the storage system interworks with the TSM backup software to
perform incremental file backup, the Snapdiff feature uses the snapshot
mechanism to quickly obtain differential file information and identify changed
files. Without the need for full scanning, only changed files are backed,
greatly shortening backup time. The backup performance is not affected by
the number of files, which greatly improves the backup efficiency.

Cost-Effectiveness and Ease-of-Use

The storage system delivers cost-effective performance through delicate fan speed
control and deduplication and compression. It also provides a series of
management and maintenance tools for easy use and maintenance.

● Cost-effectiveness
– Delicate fan speed control
Dynamically adjusts the fan speed based on the storage system's
temperature. It lowers the noise and power consumption and cuts the
operation cost.
– Deduplication and compression

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 8

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 2 Product Features

Checks and processes duplicate data in disks based on deduplication, and

minimizes space occupied by data based on compression to improve disk
utilization.
● Ease-of-use
– DeviceManager
An HTML5-based tool providing the graphical user interface (GUI) allows
you to easily manage storage systems through wizard-instructed
operations.
– Integrated management
Implements convenient device management by integrating a
management plug-in into mainstream management software such as
VMware vCenter plug-in, Hyper-V System Center, vSphere API for Storage
Awareness (VASA), vSphere Storage APIs for Array Integration (VAAI),
and Volume Shadow Copy Service (VSS) Provider.
– Tablet management
Supports flexible storage system management on a tablet.
– Various alarm notification methods
Provides alarm notification by sound, indicator, short message service
(SMS), and email.
– Tool for an upgrade at your fingertips
Provides online upgrade for controllers. The operation is easy without
interrupting services.

Intelligent O&M
The eService intelligent cloud management system (eService for short) improves
customers' O&M capabilities and takes planned maintenance actions to prevent
potential risks.

Being authorized by customers, eService monitors device alarms in 24/7 mode.

Whenever an alarm is detected, eService automatically notifies Huawei technical
support center and creates service requests (SRs). Huawei service engineers will
help customers solve problems in a timely manner.

● eService provides a self-service O&M system for customers, aiming for precise
and customized information services.
● Based on HUAWEI CLOUD, the eService cloud system drives IT O&M activities
via big data analytics and artificial intelligence (AI) technologies to identify
faults in advance, reduce O&M difficulties, and improve O&M efficiency.
● Data is encrypted during the data transmission, ensuring secure data
transmission. eService can access the customer's system only after being
authorized by the customer.
● eService provides 24/7 secure, reliable, and proactive O&M services. SRs can
be automatically created.
● Customers can use any PC to access eService at any time and any place to
view device information.

eService enables the client system to work with the cloud system.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 9

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 2 Product Features

● eService client system:

Deployed on the customer side, the eService client system collects customer device
alarms and sends them to the eService cloud system in a timely manner to
implement remote maintenance functions, such as remote inspection and remote
log collection.
● eService cloud system:
Deployed in Huawei technical support center, the eService cloud system receives
device alarms from the client system in 24/7 mode, automatically notifies Huawei
technical support personnel to handle the alarms in a timely manner, and
supports automatic inspection and log collection for devices on the customer side.
For details, see the eService Intelligent Cloud Management System User Guide or
log in to http://support.eservice.huawei.com to access and use eService.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 10

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 3 Typical Applications

3 Typical Applications

About This Chapter

The storage system offers industry-leading hardware specifications, a flexible and
reliable hardware design, a virtualized underlying architecture, and a variety of
data protection technologies, addressing the needs of differentiated storage
applications. It is designed for a wide range of applications including high-
performance, high-availability, or high-density and multi-service applications.
3.1 High-Performance Applications
3.2 High-Availability Applications
3.3 High-Density and Multi-Service Applications

3.1 High-Performance Applications

The storage system incorporates various technologies to boost the system
performance. Its high-performance hardware delivers outstanding data access
performance. The virtualization technology can improve the storage performance
continuously and it shatters performance bottlenecks from future business growth.
The intelligent data tiering technology SmartTier automatically detects and
prioritizes hotspot data. Therefore, the storage system is a great choice for the
high-performance applications.

On-Demand System Performance Boost

In certain scenarios, a storage system may have been provisioned to meet the
initial application requirements. However, the future growth of applications often
exceeds expectation, and the performance of a traditional storage system will
soon become a limiting factor. The virtualization technology of the storage system
can address this issue. It dynamically increases storage performance based on
current application requirements. This prolongs the system service life and lowers
customers' total cost of ownership (TCO).

After the initial purchase, the storage system is equipped with affordable hard disk
drives (HDDs) to deliver data storage services. As the service requirements
increase and the storage system requires higher performance, administrators can
add HDDs or SSDs to boost the system performance. If even greater system

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 11

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 3 Typical Applications

performance is required, administrators can replace all the existing HDDs with
SSDs to further improve system performance.

This on-demand system performance boost brings the following benefits:

● The system performance is improved gradually, balancing the return on

investment (ROI) and the system service life.
● Components for upgrade are available, following the Moore's Law to reduce
the purchase cost and the TCO.

Dynamic Storage Tiering for Hotspot Data

In media and website applications, information has a high access frequency, which
can generate hotspot data. The hotspot data receives simultaneous read and write
requests from a large number of servers, and poses a demanding requirement on
storage system performance. Traditional storage systems cannot address such a
storage requirement.

The storage system uses its resident intelligent data tiering technology, SmartTier,
to identify hotspot data and promote it to high-performance SAS disks or SSDs. If
SmartTier later finds out that the hotspot data becomes cold (receiving fewer
access requests), it demotes the data to low-performance disks and clears storage
space for new hotspot data. Figure 3-1 depicts the working principle of SmartTier.

Figure 3-1 SmartTier working principle

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 12

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 3 Typical Applications

3.2 High-Availability Applications

The storage system has a highly reliable design, achieving a long mean time
between failures (MTBF), and ensuring high availability of storage applications. It
also incorporates a variety of data protection technologies, and protects data
integrity and service continuity against catastrophic disasters.

In-Service Routine Maintenance

In traditional storage systems, routine maintenance tasks, such as component
replacement and capacity expansion, must be implemented in offline mode. The
storage system, however, assembles advanced technologies for in-service routine
maintenance:
● Turbo Module
Enables online replacement of components and requires no system restart.
● Online capacity expansion
Allows online addition of disks and expansion of storage pools.

Tolerance of Single Points of Failures

The storage system incorporates a hierarchical redundancy design to eliminate the
impact of single points of failure:
● Hardware redundancy
All components of the series are in redundancy and work in active-active
mode. If one component fails, the other speeds up to compensate so that the
storage system can continue operating.
● Link redundancy
If there is only one link between the storage system and an application server,
the disconnection of the link terminates their communication. To eliminate
this failure, the series storage system uses two or more links to communicate
with the application server. Therefore, if one link is down, the other links take
over the services to continue the data transmission.
● Application server clustering
If the storage system cooperates with only one application server, the failure
of the application server interrupts services. Application server clustering can
address this issue. A cluster consists of two or more application servers that
share loads. If one application server in the cluster fails, the other application
servers take over its loads, and the whole process is transparent to users.
Application server clustering supported by the series ensures business
continuity.
Based on the previous protection mechanisms, the storage system has proven
tolerance of single points of failure, as shown in Figure 3-2.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 13

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 3 Typical Applications

Figure 3-2 Tolerance of single points of failure

In the example in Figure 3-2, application server A and controller A are faulty, and
a link between the cluster and the storage system is down. Under this
circumstance, the redundant components and links compensate for the failed
ones, and services are switched to application server B that is running properly.
This ensures the nonstop system operations and greatly improves the service
availability.

Resilience Against Disasters

The storage system compliments various data protection methods for backup and
disaster recovery. Those methods eliminate the risks of unexpected downtime and
data loss caused by natural disasters, serious device failures, or man-made
misoperations.
The supported data protection methods include:
● Backup
The storage system processes a huge amount of data, and the loss of any
data can lead to a disastrous result. Therefore, enterprises are used to
periodically back up their critical data. The following backup technologies are
most commonly used because they complete data backup in a hitless manner:
– HyperSnap: locally generates a virtual duplicate for a source LUN at a
specified point in time. The duplicate is immediately usable and any
access to it will have no impact on the source LUN data.
– HyperClone: locally generates a complete copy for a source LUN at a
specified point in time. After the clone task, the destination LUN stores
the same data as the source LUN, and their relationship can be split.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 14

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 3 Typical Applications

Then any access to the destination LUN has no impact on the source LUN
data.
– HyperCopy: replicates data from the source LUN to the destination LUN
at block level. A LUN copy task can be performed within a storage system
or among storage systems (even if they are heterogeneous).
– HyperMirror: backs up data in real time. If the source data becomes
unavailable, applications can automatically use the data copy, ensuring
data security and application continuity.
– HyperMetro: synchronizes and replicates data between storage arrays,
monitors service operating status, and performs failovers. In addition, it
can switch over services and implement service load sharing when
storage arrays are running.
● Disaster recovery
Disaster recovery is essential for critical applications that must continue
operating even during catastrophic disasters. Disaster recovery technologies
involve many aspects such as storage systems, application servers, application
software, and technicians. From the storage system aspect, the remote
replication technology is used for disaster recovery because it can back up
data in real time.
The technology duplicates backup data in real time across sites, and utilizes
the long distance between sites to eliminate data loss. This ensures that data
is readily available on other sites if one site is destroyed.

3.3 High-Density and Multi-Service Applications

The storage system delivers industry-leading density of interface modules in an
enclosure and a flexible configuration of interface modules and hard disks of
different types. This design makes the series suitable for high-density and multi-
service applications.

High-Density Virtual Machine Applications

The virtual machine technology greatly improves application servers' utilization,
and lowers services' deployment and operating expense. Therefore, it is popular in
many application scenarios. However, virtual machines are now facing a challenge,
that is, they are equipped with an increasing number of application systems and
virtual desktops, leading to the high density of virtual machines. Compared with a
single server, high-density virtual machines generate more service data, consume
more bandwidth, and pose more demanding requirements on performance and
scalability.
Excellent in both performance and compatibility, the storage system is ideal for
high-density virtual machine applications:
● The three-level performance acceleration technology provides robust storage
performance for high-density virtual machine applications.
● The proprietary Turbo Module technology significantly improves the density of
interface modules in a single enclosure. This high-density design translates
into a capability to support hundreds of virtual machines.
● Various virtual machine applications are supported, including VMware, Hyper-
V, and Citrix Xen.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 15

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 3 Typical Applications

Figure 3-3 shows an example of the high-density virtual machine application

scenario.

Figure 3-3 Example of the high-density virtual machine application scenario

Multi-Service Applications
It is common nowadays for one storage system to process diversified applications.
However, those applications have differentiated requirements on storage.
Therefore, the storage system must have high flexibility in performance and
networking.
Each type of services has its specific requirements for storage systems:
● Database servers (featuring unstructured data) have high requirements on
storage performance, data integrity, and system stability.
● Mail servers (featuring high randomicity of concurrent accesses) have high
requirements on storage performance, data integrity, and system stability.
● Video servers have high requirements on storage capacity, data access
continuity, and continuous bandwidths.
● Backup servers have low requirements on performance and bandwidths.
The storage system supports an intermixed configuration of SSDs, SAS disks, and
NL-SAS disks to deliver optimal performance.
● SSDs: deliver the highest performance among these three types of disks, and
are suitable for application servers such as busy database servers and mail
servers that require superior storage performance.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 16

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 3 Typical Applications

● SAS disks: deliver performance lower than SSDs but higher than NL-SAS disks,
and are suitable for application servers such as common database servers,
mail servers, and high-definition (HD) video servers that have a moderate
storage performance requirement.
● NL-SAS disks: deliver the lowest performance among these three types of
disks, and are suitable for application servers such as low-end video servers
and backup servers that have a low storage performance requirement.
Multiple front-end interface modules are flexibly configured with customizable
transmission rates, adapting to various networks and providing storage services in
different networks.
Figure 3-4 shows an example of multi-service application scenario.

Figure 3-4 Example of a multi-service application scenario

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 17

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4 Hardware Architecture

About This Chapter

The OceanStor storage hardware is the basis of data storage. A storage unit
typically consists of a controller enclosure or a controller enclosure plus disk
enclosures.
4.1 Device Composition
4.2 3D Interactive Hardware Demonstration
4.3 2 U Controller Enclosure (Supported by OceanStor 5300 V5)
4.4 2 U Controller Enclosure (Supported by OceanStor 5500 V5, 5600 V5, and 5800
V5)
4.5 4 U Controller Enclosure
4.6 Interface Module
4.7 SAS Disk Enclosure (2 U, 2.5-Inch Disks)
4.8 SAS Disk Enclosure (4 U, 3.5-Inch Disks)
4.9 Smart SAS Disk Enclosure (2 U, 2.5-Inch Disks)
4.10 Smart SAS Disk Enclosure (2 U, 3.5-Inch Disks)
4.11 Smart NVMe Disk Enclosure (2 U, Palm-sized Disks)
4.12 High-Density Disk Enclosure
4.13 Coffer Disk
4.14 (Optional) Quorum Server
4.15 Device Cables

4.1 Device Composition

A storage system consists of one or more controller enclosures and disk
enclosures, and it provides an intelligent storage platform that features robust
reliability, high performance, and large capacity.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 18

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Different product models use different types of controller enclosures and disk
enclosures Table 4-1.

Table 4-1 Model comparison

Product Model Controller Enclosure Disk Enclosure

OceanStor 5300 V5 ● 2 U controller ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure with

with disk and enclosure with 12 25 disk slots
controller integration disk slots ● 4 U SAS disk enclosure with
● 2 U controller 24 disk slots
enclosure with 25 ● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure
disk slots with 12 disk slots
OceanStor 5500 V5, ● 2 U controller ● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure
5600 V5, and 5800 enclosure with 12 with 25 disk slots
V5 with disk and disk slots ● 2 U smart NVMe disk
controller integration ● 2 U controller enclosure with 36 disk slots
enclosure with 25
disk slots
● 2 U controller
enclosure with 36
disk slots

OceanStor 6800 V5 4 U controller

with disk and enclosure
controller separation

The following figures show the appearances of the storage devices.

Figure 4-1 2 U controller enclosure with 12 disk slots

Figure 4-2 2 U controller enclosure with 25 disk slots

Figure 4-3 2 U controller enclosure with 36 disk slots

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 19

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-4 4 U controller enclosure

Figure 4-5 2 U SAS disk enclosure with 25 disk slots

Figure 4-6 4 U SAS disk enclosure with 24 disk slots

Figure 4-7 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 12 disk slots

Figure 4-8 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 25 disk slots

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 20

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-9 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure with 36 disk slots

NOTE

On the front panels of a 2 U controller enclosure (25 disk slots) and a 2 U smart SAS disk

enclosure (25 disk slots), the reserved function marked with indicates
that the rightmost four slots can house NVMe SSDs.

4.2 3D Interactive Hardware Demonstration

OceanStor storage systems provide all-new hardware simulation for interactive
experience, which supports all-round demonstration of hardware components and
manual disassembly, providing details on the internal structure. Furthermore,
documents, utilities, multimedia, software, and success stories relevant to the
products are provided for reference.
1. Log in to https://support.huawei.com/enterprise/.
2. Choose Technical Support > Product Support > Enterprise Data Center >
Enterprise Storage.
3. Select the desired product model.
4. Click the Video tab and select 3D Demo in Type.

Figure 4-10 Selecting 3D Demo

5. Select the desired demonstration.

A page similar to Figure 4-11 is displayed

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 21

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-11 3D interactive demonstration

4.3 2 U Controller Enclosure (Supported by OceanStor

5300 V5)
This section describes a controller enclosure in terms of its hardware structure,
component functions, front and rear views, and indicators.

4.3.1 Overview
The controller enclosure adopts a modular design and consists of a system
subrack, controllers (housing fan modules), power modules, BBUs, and disk
modules.
The 2 U controller enclosure of OceanStor 5300 V5 supports both AC and DC
power modules. One 2 U controller enclosure supports dual controllers only. The
following figures show the structure of OceanStor 5300 V5 with dual controllers
and AC power modules.

Overall Structure
Figure 4-12 shows the overall structure and components of a 2 U 25-disk
controller enclosure and Figure 4-13 shows the overall structure and components
of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 22

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-12 Overall structure of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure

Power module
Controller

Fan module
BBU

System subrack

Disk module

Figure 4-13 Overall structure of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure

Power module
Controller

Fan module
BBU

System subrack

Disk module

NOTE

Controller A is above controller B. Controllers communicate with each other using internal
heartbeat links and do not need cable connections.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 23

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Front View
Figure 4-14 shows the front view of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure and Figure
4-13 shows the front view of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure.

Figure 4-14 Front view of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure

ID display of the controller enclosure

Coffer disk label Disk module handle Information plate (with ESN)
Disk module latch

Power indicator/Power button

Figure 4-15 Front view of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure

ID display of the controller enclosure
Disk module handle Coffer disk label

Disk module latch Information plate (with ESN)

Power indicator/Power button

NOTE

● The disk slots of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure are numbered 0 to 24 from left to
right. The four coffer disks are located in slot 0 to slot 3.
● The disk slots of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure are numbered 0 to 11 from left to
right and from top to bottom. The four coffer disks are located in slot 0 to slot 3.
● SAS, NL-SAS, and SSD disks can be used as coffer disks. The type of the four coffer disks
must be the same.
● Slots are used to accommodate and secure disks, interface modules, controller modules,
fan modules, and power modules.
● The information plate records device information.

Rear View
Figure 4-16 shows the rear view of a controller enclosure.

Figure 4-16 Rear view of a controller enclosure (with AC power modules as an

example)

Power module
BBU handle Power module handle Power module latch
Interface module
BBU BBU latch
handle

A.IOM 0 A.IOM 1

A.IOM 2

B.IOM 0 B.IOM 1

B.IOM 2

Management network port

Controller lever Serial port Power module socket
10GE/25GE optical port Mini SAS HD expansion port
Mini SAS HD expansion port Power module lever
Maintenance network port

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 24

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

NOTE

● Controllers are numbered A and B from top to bottom. Each controller has three
interface module slots. From left to right and from top to bottom, the slot IDs of the
interface modules on controller A are numbered IOM 0, IOM 1, and IOM 2.
● For the types of interface modules supported by controller enclosures, see 4.6 Interface
Module. It is recommended that front-end interface modules be installed in the
following slot sequence: IOM 0 > IOM 1 > IOM 2; back-end expansion modules be
installed in the following slot sequence: IOM 2 > IOM 1 > IOM 0. The Scale-out interface
module must be installed in slot IOM 1. The 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion module can only
be installed in slot IOM 2.
● Onboard ports include GE ports, 10GE/25GE ports (25GE reserved), and mini SAS HD
expansion ports.
● The maintenance network port is used for special management and maintenance only
by Huawei technical support engineers in emergency. The initial IP address of the
maintenance network port is 172.31.128.101 or 172.31.128.102. The default subnet
mask is 255.255.0.0. You are advised to only connect the management network port to
the network.

4.3.2 Component Description

This section provides the detailed illustration and description for each component.

4.3.2.1 System Subrack

The system subrack houses a midplane to provide reliable connections for
interface modules and to distribute power and signals to inner modules.

Appearance
Figure 4-17 shows the appearance of a system subrack.

Figure 4-17 System subrack

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 25

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.3.2.2 Controller
A controller is the core component of a storage system. It processes storage
services, receives configuration management commands, saves configuration data,
connects to disks, and saves critical data onto coffer disks. Each controller houses
one CBU (supercapacitor) to supply power to a controller enclosure in the event of
unexpected power failures.

NOTE

Each controller has one built-in disk. The disk is used to store the data of a storage system
and the data in cache after a power failure. The disk built in one controller and the one
built in another are redundant for each other.

Ports
Figure 4-18 describes the ports of a controller.

Figure 4-18 Ports of a controller

GE electrical port
BBU Running/Alarm indicator
Link/Active indicator of the GE electrical port
BBU handle Module Power indicator
Interface module handle
Controller lever Speed indicator of the GE electrical port

10GE/25GE optical port Serial port

Controller Power indicator
Controller Alarm indicator 10GE/25GE port indicator Speed indicator of the
management network port Maintenance network port
Built-in FRU Alarm indicator Mini SAS HD expansion port
Management network port Mini SAS HD expansion port indicator
Mini SAS HD expansion port indicator
Link/Active indicator of the management network port
Mini SAS HD expansion port

Indicators
Table 4-2 describes the states and corresponding meanings of indicators on a
controller after it is powered on.

Table 4-2 Checklist for indicators on a controller

Indicator Status and Description

10GE/25GE port indicator ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.

● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The problem is being
located.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 26

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

Link/Active indicator of ● Steady green: The port is connected properly.

the management network ● Blinking green (2 Hz): Data is being transferred.
port
● Off: The port is connected abnormally.

Speed indicator of the ● Steady yellow: Data is being transferred at the

management network highest rate.
port ● Off: The data transfer speed is lower than the
highest speed.

Controller Power indicator ● Steady green: The controller is powered on.

● Blinking green (0.5 Hz): The controller is
powered on and in the BIOS boot process.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The controller is in the
operating system boot process, or the controller
is in the power-off process.
● Off: The controller is absent or powered off.

Controller Alarm indicator ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

controller.
● The Alarm indicator blinking red and the Power
indicator blinking green: The controller is being
located.
● Off: The controller is working correctly.

Built-in FRU Alarm ● Steady yellow: The internal FRU (fan module)
indicator of the controller is faulty.
● Off: The internal FRU of the controller is
working correctly.

Indicator of the mini SAS ● Steady blue: The port transmission rate is 4 x 12
HD expansion port Gbit/s.
● Steady green: The port transmission rate is 4 x 3
Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

Link/Active indicator of ● Steady green: The link to the application server

the GE electrical port is normal.
● Blinking green: Data is being transferred.
● Off: The link to the application server is down
or no link exists.

Speed indicator of the GE ● Steady yellow: The data transfer rate between
electrical port the storage system and the application server is
1 Gbit/s.
● Off: The data transfer rate between the storage
system and the application server is less than 1
Gbit/s.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 27

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.3.2.3 BBU
A BBU provides backup power for a storage system during an external power
failure, protecting the integrity of service data. When the external power supply is
normal, BBUs are standby. In the event of a power failure, BBUs provide power for
the storage system. A faulty BBU can be isolated without affecting the normal
running of the storage system. If a power failure occurs, BBUs ensure that the
storage system writes cached data to the built-in disks of the controllers,
preventing data loss. After the external power supply resumes, the driver reads
data from the built-in disks of the controllers to the cache. In a system using the
lithium batteries, the battery capacity is updated and detected by charging and
discharging the batteries. In this way, the problems can be detected in advance
that the battery capacity attenuates, the batteries fail to meet the power backup
requirements of the system, and thus the data backup fails when the batteries are
not used for a long time. Then, the reliability of data protection upon the system
power failure can be improved.

Appearance
Figure 4-19 shows the appearance of a BBU. Figure 4-20 shows the front view of
a BBU.

Figure 4-19 Appearance of a BBU

BBU latch

Running/Alarm
BBU handle indicator on a BBU

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 28

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-20 Front view of a BBU

BBU latch

Running/Alarm indicator
BBU handle on a BBU

Indicator
Table 4-3 describes the indicator on a BBU of a storage system that is powered
on.

Table 4-3 Indicator on a BBU

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The BBU is fully charged.

on a BBU ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The BBU is being
charged.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The BBU is being
discharged.
● Steady yellow: The BBU is faulty.
● Off: The interface module is powered off or hot
swappable.

4.3.2.4 Fan Module

A fan module dissipates heat and enables a controller enclosure to work properly
at the maximum power consumption.

Appearance
Figure 4-21 shows the appearance of a fan module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 29

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-21 Appearance of a fan module

Indicators
A fan module is located inside a controller and its running status can be
determined from the built-in FRU Alarm indicator or alarm information on
DeviceManager. For details about the built-in FRU Alarm indicator, see 4.3.3
Indicator Introduction.

4.3.2.5 Power Module

Power modules can ensure that a controller enclosure works correctly in maximum
power consumption mode. Both AC and DC power modules are supported.
Each controller enclosure has two power supply units (PSUs), named PSU 0 and
PSU 1. The two PSUs form a power plane and work in redundancy mode to supply
power to controllers A and B. To ensure power supply reliability, you are advised to
insert PSU 0 and PSU 1 into different PDUs.

Appearance
Figure 4-22 and Figure 4-23 show the front view of an AC power module and a
DC power module respectively.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 30

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-22 Front view of an AC power module

Running/Alarm indicator
of the power module

Power module handle

Power module latch

Power module socket

Figure 4-23 Front view of a DC power module

Running/Alarm indicator
of the power module

Power module handle

Positive and negative

terminals of the power Power module latch
module

Indicators
Table 4-4 describes the indicator on a power module of a powered-on storage
system.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 31

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-4 Indicator on a power module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The power supply is working

of the power module properly.
● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
normal but the device is powered off.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

4.3.2.6 Disk Module

Disk modules provide storage capacity for a storage system. Disk modules can
function as system coffer disks to save service data, system data, and cache data.

Appearance
Figure 4-24 shows the appearance of a 2.5-inch disk module. Figure 4-25 shows
the appearance of a 3.5-inch disk module.

Figure 4-24 2.5-inch disk module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 32

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-25 3.5-inch disk module

Indicators
Table 4-5 describes indicators on a disk module of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-5 Indicators on a disk module

Indicator Status and Description

Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is working

disk module correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above): The disk
module is reading and writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered off or powered
on incorrectly.

Alarm/Location indicator ● Steady yellow: The disk module is faulty.

of the disk module ● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk module is being
located.
● Off: The disk module is working correctly or hot
swappable.

4.3.3 Indicator Introduction

After a controller enclosure is powered on, you can check the current operating
status of the controller enclosure by viewing its indicators.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 33

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicators on the Front Panel

Figure 4-26 shows the indicators on the front panel of a 2 U 25-disk controller
enclosure and Figure 4-27 shows the indicators on the front panel of a 2 U 12-
disk controller enclosure.

Figure 4-26 Indicators on the front panel of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure

Disk module Running indicator
Location/Alarm indicator of the disk module Power indicator/Power button of the controller enclosure

Location indicator of the controller enclosure

Alarm indicator of the controller enclosure

Figure 4-27 Indicators on the front panel of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure

Disk module handle Coffer disk label
Power indicator/Power button

Location indicator of the

controller enclosure
Alarm indicator of the
controller enclosure

Table 4-6 describes the indicators on the front panel of a controller enclosure.

Table 4-6 Description of the indicators on the front panel of a controller enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Disk Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is

module disk module working correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above):
The disk module is reading and
writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered
off or powered on incorrectly.

Location/Alarm indicator of ● Steady yellow: The disk module is

the disk module faulty.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk
module is being located.
● Off: The disk module is working
correctly or hot swappable.

System Location indicator of the ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The

subrack controller enclosure controller enclosure is being
located.
● Off: The controller enclosure is
not located.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 34

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady yellow: An alarm whose

controller enclosure severity is major or higher is
generated on the storage system.
● Off: The storage system is
running properly.

Power indicator/Power ● Steady green: The controller

button of the controller enclosure is powered on.
enclosure ● Blinking green (0.5 Hz): The
controller enclosure is being
powered on.
● Blinking green (1 Hz): The
controller enclosure is in the
burn-in test.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The
controller enclosure is in the
operating system boot process, or
is being powered off.
● Off: The controller enclosure is
powered off or is in the standby
state.

Indicators on the Rear Panel

Figure 4-28 shows the indicators on the rear panel of a controller enclosure.

Figure 4-28 Indicators on the rear panel of a controller enclosure

Interface module Power indicator

Link/Active indicator of Running/Alarm indicator of the power module
BBU Running/Alarm indicator the GE electrical port
Speed indicator of the Interface module port indicator
GE electrical port

Controller Power indicator

10GE/25GE port indicator Link/Active indicator of the
Controller Alarm indicator management network port
Built-in FRU Alarm indicator
Mini SAS HD expansion port indicator Speed indicator of the
management network port

Table 4-7 describes the indicators on the rear panel of a controller enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 35

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-7 Description of the indicators on the rear panel of a controller enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Interface Interface Controllers support a wide range of interface

module module modules. For details about the indicator status of
Power interface modules, see 4.6 Interface Module.
indicator

Interface
module port
indicator

Power Running/ ● Steady green: The power supply is working

module Alarm properly.
indicator of ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
the power normal but the device is powered off.
module
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

Controller 10GE/25GE ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.

port indicator ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The problem is being
located.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

Link/Active ● Steady green: The port is connected properly.

indicator of ● Blinking green: Data is being transferred.
the
management ● Off: The port is connected abnormally.
network port

Speed ● Steady yellow: Data is being transferred at the

indicator of highest rate.
the ● Off: The data transfer speed is lower than the
management highest speed.
network port

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 36

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Controller ● Steady green: The controller is powered on.

Power ● Blinking green (0.5 Hz): The controller is
indicator powered on and in the BIOS boot process.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The controller is in the
operating system boot process, or the controller
is in the power-off process.
● Off: The controller is absent or powered off.

Built-in FRU ● Steady yellow: The FRU (fan module) in the

Alarm controller is faulty.
indicator ● Off: The FRU in the controller is normal.

Controller ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

Alarm controller.
indicator ● Off: The controller is working correctly.

Indicator of ● Steady blue: The port transmission rate is 4 x 12

the mini SAS Gbit/s.
HD ● Steady green: The port transmission rate is 4 x 3
expansion Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
port
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

Link/Active ● Steady green: The link to the application server

indicator of is normal.
the GE ● Blinking green (2 Hz): Data is being transferred.
electrical port
● Off: The link to the application server is down or
no link exists.

Speed ● Steady yellow: The data transfer rate between

indicator of the storage system and the application server is
the GE 1 Gbit/s.
electrical port ● Off: The data transfer rate between the storage
system and the application server is less than 1
Gbit/s.

BBU BBU ● Steady green: The BBU is fully charged.

Running/ ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The BBU is being charged.
Alarm
indicator ● Blinking green (4 Hz): The BBU is being
discharged.
● Steady yellow: The BBU is faulty.
● Off: The two planes are shut down or powered
off successfully.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 37

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.4 2 U Controller Enclosure (Supported by OceanStor

5500 V5, 5600 V5, and 5800 V5)
This section describes a controller enclosure in terms of its hardware structure,
component functions, front and rear views, and indicators.

4.4.1 Overview
The controller enclosure adopts a modular design and consists of a system
subrack, controllers (housing fan modules), Power-BBU modules, and disk
modules.
The 2 U controller enclosure of OceanStor 5500 V5, 5600 V5, and 5800 V5
supports only AC power modules. One controller enclosure supports dual
controllers.

Overall Structure
Figure 4-29, Figure 4-30, and Figure 4-31 show the overall structures and
components of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure, a 2 U 12-disk controller
enclosure, and a 2 U 36-disk controller enclosure respectively.

Figure 4-29 Overall structure of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure

Power-BBU module

Controller

Fan module

System subrack

Disk module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 38

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-30 Overall structure of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure

Power-BBU module

Controller

Fan module

System subrack

Disk module

Figure 4-31 Overall structure of a 2 U 36-disk controller enclosure

Power-BBU module

Controller

Fan module

System subrack

Disk module

NOTE

Controller A is above controller B. Controllers communicate with each other using internal
heartbeat links and do not need cable connections.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 39

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Front View
Figure 4-32 shows the front view of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure and Figure
4-33 shows the front view of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure.

Figure 4-32 Front view of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure

ID display of the controller enclosure

Coffer disk label Disk module handle Information plate (with ESN)
Disk module latch

Power indicator/Power button

Figure 4-33 Front view of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure

ID display of the controller enclosure
Disk module handle
Coffer disk label
Information plate (with ESN)

Power indicator/Power button

Disk module latch

Figure 4-34 Front view of a 2 U 36-disk controller enclosure

NOTE

● The disk slots of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure are numbered 0 to 24 from left to
right. The four coffer disks are located in slot 0 to slot 3. SAS, NL-SAS, and SSD disks can
be used as coffer disks, but the type of the four coffer disks must be the same.
● The disk slots of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure are numbered 0 to 11 from left to
right and from top to bottom. The four coffer disks are located in slot 0 to slot 3. SAS,
NL-SAS, and SSD disks can be used as coffer disks, but the type of the four coffer disks
must be the same.
● The disk slots of a 2 U 36-disk controller enclosure are numbered 0 to 35 from left to
right. Coffer disks are located in slot 0 to slot 3. Coffer disks must be NVMe SSDs.
● Slots are used to accommodate and secure disks, interface modules, controller modules,
fan modules, and power modules.
● The information plate records device information.

Rear View
Figure 4-35 and Figure 4-36 show the rear views of controller enclosures.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 40

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-35 Rear view of a controller enclosure (onboard SAS expansion port)

Management network port Interface module handle

Maintenance Power module latch
network port Power-BBU module handle
Controller lever
Serial port

A.IOM 0 A.IOM 1 A.IOM 2

A.IOM 3 A.IOM 4 A.IOM 5

B.IOM 0 B.IOM 1 B.IOM 2

B.IOM 3 B.IOM 4 B.IOM 5

Mini SAS HD expansion port Power-BBU module lever

Power module socket

Figure 4-36 Rear view of a controller enclosure (onboard 100 Gbit/s RDMA port)

Management network port

Interface module handle
Maintenance Power module latch
network port
Controller lever Power-BBU module handle
Serial port

A.IOM 0 A.IOM 1 A.IOM 2

A.IOM 3 A.IOM 4 A.IOM 5

B.IOM 0 B.IOM 1 B.IOM 2

B.IOM 3 B.IOM 4 B.IOM 5

Power-BBU module lever

100 Gbit/s RDMA port
Power module socket

NOTE

● Controllers are numbered A and B from top to bottom. Each controller has six interface
module slots. From left to right and from top to bottom, the slot IDs of the interface
modules on controller A are numbered IOM 0, IOM 1, IOM 2, IOM 3, IOM 4, and IOM 5.
● Onboard ports include mini SAS HD expansion ports and 100 Gbit/s RDMA ports.
● For the types of interface modules supported by controller enclosures, see 4.6 Interface
Module. It is recommended that front-end interface modules be installed in the
following slot sequence: IOM 0 > IOM 1 > IOM 2 > IOM 3 > IOM 4 > IOM 5; back-end
expansion modules be installed in the following slot sequence: IOM 5 > IOM 4 > IOM 3
> IOM 2 > IOM 1 > IOM 0. The Scale-out interface module must be installed in slot IOM
2. In the six slots, a maximum of three 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion modules can be
installed in the slot sequence of IOM 5 > IOM 4 > IOM 3.
● The maintenance network port is used for special management and maintenance only
by Huawei technical support engineers in emergency. The initial IP address of the
maintenance network port is 172.31.128.101 or 172.31.128.102. The default subnet
mask is 255.255.0.0. You are advised to only connect the management network port to
the network.

4.4.2 Component Description

This section provides the detailed illustration and description for each component.

4.4.2.1 System Subrack

The system subrack houses a midplane that provides reliable connections for
interface modules and distributes power and signals to inner modules.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 41

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Appearance
Figure 4-37 shows the appearance of a system subrack.

Figure 4-37 System subrack

4.4.2.2 Controller
A controller is the core component of a storage system. It processes storage
services, receives configuration management commands, saves configuration data,
connects to disks, and saves critical data onto coffer disks.

NOTE

Each controller has one built-in disk. The disk is used to store the data of a storage system
and the data in cache after a power failure. The disk built in one controller and the one
built in another are redundant for each other.

Ports
Figure 4-38 describes the ports of a controller.

Figure 4-38 Ports of a controller

Link/Active indicator of the management network port
Maintenance
Interface module handle
Management network port network port
Speed indicator of the Serial port Interface module Power indicator
management network port

Mini SAS HD expansion port

Controller Power indicator
Mini SAS HD expansion port indicator Interface module port indicator
Controller Alarm indicator
Built-in FRU Alarm indicator

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 42

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicators
Table 4-8 describes indicators on a controller of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-8 Indicators on a controller

Indicator Status and Description

Link/Active indicator of ● Steady green: The port is connected properly.

the management network ● Blinking green (2 Hz): Data is being transferred.
port
● Off: The port is connected abnormally.

Speed indicator of the ● Steady yellow: Data is being transferred at the

management network port highest rate.
● Off: The data transfer speed is lower than the
highest speed.

Controller Power indicator ● Steady green: The controller is powered on.

● Blinking green (0.5 Hz): The controller is
powered on and in the BIOS boot process.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The controller is in the
operating system boot process, or the controller
is in the power-off process.
● Off: The controller is absent or powered off.

Controller Alarm indicator ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

controller.
● Off: The controller is working correctly.

Mini SAS HD expansion ● Steady blue: The data transfer rate between the
port indicator controller enclosure and the disk enclosure is 4
x 12 Gbit/s.
● Steady green: The data transfer rate between
the controller enclosure and the disk enclosure
is 4 x 3 Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link is down.

4.4.2.3 Fan Module

A fan module dissipates heat and enables a controller enclosure to work properly
at the maximum power consumption.

Appearance
Figure 4-39 shows the appearance of a fan module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 43

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-39 Appearance of a fan module

Indicators
A fan module is located inside a controller and its running status can be
determined from the built-in FRU Alarm indicator or alarm information on
DeviceManager. For details about the built-in FRU Alarm indicator, see 4.3.3
Indicator Introduction.

4.4.2.4 Power-BBU Module

A Power-BBU module consists of a power module and a BBU. Only AC power
modules are supported and they allow controller enclosures to work correctly in
maximum power consumption. BBUs provide enough power to ensure that any
data in flight is de-staged to the vault area in the event of a power failure. If a
BBU is faulty, it can be isolated without affecting the normal running of the
storage system. If a power failure occurs, BBUs ensure that the storage system
writes cached data to the built-in disks of the controllers, preventing data loss.
After the external power supply resumes, the driver reads data from the built-in
disks of the controllers to the cache. In a system using the lithium batteries, the
battery capacity is updated and detected by charging and discharging the
batteries. In this way, the problems can be detected in advance that the battery
capacity attenuates, the batteries fail to meet the power backup requirements of
the system, and thus the data backup fails when the batteries are not used for a
long time. Then, the reliability of data protection upon the system power failure
can be improved.

Each controller enclosure has two power supply units (PSUs), named PSU 0 and
PSU 1. The two PSUs form a power plane and work in redundancy mode to supply
power to controllers A and B. To ensure power supply reliability, you are advised to
insert PSU 0 and PSU 1 into different PDUs.

Appearance
Figure 4-40 and Figure 4-41 show the front view of an AC Power-BBU module
and the rear view of a Power-BBU module respectively.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 44

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-40 Front view of an AC Power-BBU module

Running/Alarm indicator of
the power module

Power-BBU module handle

Running/Alarm indicator of the BBU

Power-BBU module latch Power-BBU module lever

Power module socket

Figure 4-41 Rear view of a Power-BBU module

Power module

BBU

Indicators
Table 4-9 describes indicators on a Power-BBU module of a powered-on storage
system.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 45

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-9 Indicators on a Power-BBU module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The power supply is normal.

of the power module ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
normal but the device is powered off.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power supply is faulty.
● Off: No external power input is found.

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The BBU is fully charged.

of the BBU ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The BBU is being
charged.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The BBU is being
discharged.
● Steady yellow: The BBU is faulty.
● Off: The two planes are shut down or powered
off successfully.

4.4.2.5 Disk Module

Disk modules provide storage capacity for a storage system. Disk modules can
function as system coffer disks to save service data, system data, and cache data.

Appearance
Figure 4-42 shows the appearance of a 2.5-inch disk module. Figure 4-43 shows
the appearance of a 3.5-inch disk module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 46

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-42 2.5-inch disk module

Figure 4-43 3.5-inch disk module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 47

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-44 Palm-sized disk module

Indicators
Table 4-10 describes indicators on a disk module of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-10 Indicators on a disk module

Indicator Status and Description

Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is working

disk module correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above): The disk
module is reading and writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered off or powered
on incorrectly.

Alarm/Location indicator ● Steady yellow: The disk module is faulty.

of the disk module ● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk module is being
located.
● Off: The disk module is working correctly or hot
swappable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 48

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.4.3 Indicator Introduction

After a controller enclosure is powered on, you can check the current operating
status of the controller enclosure by viewing its indicators.

Indicators on the Front Panel

Figure 4-45, Figure 4-46, and Figure 4-47 show the indicators on the front panels
of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure, a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure, and a 2 U
36-disk controller enclosure respectively.

Figure 4-45 Indicators on the front panel of a 2 U 25-disk controller enclosure

Disk module Running indicator
Location/Alarm indicator of the disk module Power indicator/Power button of the controller enclosure

Location indicator of the controller enclosure

Alarm indicator of the controller enclosure

Figure 4-46 Indicators on the front panel of a 2 U 12-disk controller enclosure

Disk module handle Coffer disk label
Power indicator/Power button

Location indicator of the

controller enclosure
Alarm indicator of the
controller enclosure

Figure 4-47 Indicators on the front panel of a 2 U 36-disk controller enclosure

Table 4-11 describes the indicators on the front panel of a controller enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 49

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-11 Description of the indicators on the front panel of a controller

enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Disk Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is

module disk module working correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above):
The disk module is reading and
writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered
off or powered on incorrectly.

Location/Alarm indicator of ● Steady yellow: The disk module is

the disk module faulty.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk
module is being located.
● Off: The disk module is working
correctly or hot swappable.

System Location indicator of the ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The

subrack controller enclosure controller enclosure is being
located.
● Off: The controller enclosure is
not located.

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady yellow: An alarm whose

controller enclosure severity is major or higher is
generated on the storage system.
● Off: The storage system is
running properly.

Power indicator/Power ● Steady green: The controller

button of the controller enclosure is powered on.
enclosure ● Blinking green (0.5 Hz): The
controller enclosure is being
powered on.
● Blinking green (1 Hz): The
controller enclosure is in the
burn-in test.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The
controller enclosure is in the
operating system boot process, or
is being powered off.
● Off: The controller enclosure is
powered off or is in the standby
state.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 50

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicators on the Rear Panel

Figure 4-48 shows the indicators on the rear panel of a controller enclosure.

Figure 4-48 Indicators on the rear panel of a controller enclosure

Link/Active indicator of the
management network port

Management network port

Maintenance network port
Running/Alarm indicator of the power module
Speed indicator of the Interface module Power
management network port Serial port indicator

Mini SAS HD expansion port

Controller Power indicator
Controller Alarm indicator Mini SAS HD expansion port indicator Interface module port indicator
BBU Running/Alarm indicator
Built-in FRU Alarm indicator

Table 4-12 describes the indicators on the rear panel of a controller enclosure.

Table 4-12 Description of the indicators on the rear panel of a controller

enclosure

Module Indicator Status and Description

Interface Interface Controllers support a wide range of interface

module module modules. For details about the indicator status of
Power interface modules, see 4.6 Interface Module.
indicator

Interface
module port
indicator

Power- Running/ ● Steady green: The power supply is correct.

BBU Alarm ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
module indicator of normal but the device is powered off.
the power
module ● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: No external power input is found.

BBU ● Steady green: The BBU is fully charged.

Running/ ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The BBU is being charged.
Alarm
indicator ● Blinking green (4 Hz): The BBU is being
discharged.
● Steady yellow: The BBU is faulty.
● Off: The two planes are shut down or powered
off successfully.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 51

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Controller Link/Active ● Steady green: The port is connected properly.

indicator of ● Blinking green (2 Hz): Data is being transferred.
the
management ● Off: The port is connected abnormally.
network port

Speed ● Steady yellow: Data is being transferred at the

indicator of highest rate.
the ● Off: The data transfer speed is lower than the
management highest speed.
network port

Controller ● Steady green: The controller is powered on.

Power ● Blinking green (0.5 Hz): The controller is
indicator powered on and in the BIOS boot process.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The controller is in the
operating system boot process, or the controller
is in the power-off process.
● Off: The controller is absent or powered off.

Controller ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

Alarm controller.
indicator ● Off: The controller is working correctly.

Built-in FRU ● Steady yellow: The FRU (fan module) in the

Alarm controller is faulty.
indicator ● Off: The FRU in the controller is normal.

Mini SAS HD ● Steady blue: The port transmission rate is 4 x 12

expansion Gbit/s.
port indicator ● Steady green: The port transmission rate is 4 x 3
Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

4.5 4 U Controller Enclosure

Controller enclosures are the core components of system bays. A controller
enclosure consists of a system subrack, controller modules, BBU modules, fan
modules, power modules, and various types of front-end interface modules.

4.5.1 Overview
Each controller enclosure houses two or four controllers that have CPUs, physical
memory, front-end ports, and expansion ports.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 52

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Overall Structure
Figure 4-49 shows the overall structure of a controller enclosure.

Figure 4-49 Overall structure of a controller enclosure

Power module

Interface module

System subrack

BBU module

Controller

Fan module

NOTE

● When a controller enclosure is configured with two controllers, the controllers are
installed in the first and third slots from top to bottom, and assistant cooling modules
are installed in the second and fourth slots. Controllers communicate with each other
using internal heartbeat links and do not need cable connections.
● Slots are functional areas on the hardware subrack of a storage system and are used for
installing and securing disks, interface modules, controllers, fan modules, and power
modules.

Front View
Figure 4-50 shows the front view of a controller enclosure.

Figure 4-50 Front view of a controller enclosure

Fan module latch
BBU module latch Fan module ID display of the controller enclosure
BBU module BBU module handle Fan module handle Controller latch

Power indicator/
Power button

Nameplate (with ESN)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 53

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

NOTE

● Each controller has seven fan modules.

● The controllers are A, C, B, D in a top-down sequence.

Rear View
Figure 4-51 and Figure 4-52 show the rear view of a controller enclosure
equipped with AC power modules.

Figure 4-51 Rear view of a controller enclosure (with 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion
modules)

Figure 4-52 Rear view of a controller enclosure (with 100 Gbit/s RDMA back-end
interface modules)

The management modules of a 4 U controller enclosure are installed in slots SMM

0 and SMM 1. The slot numbers of interface modules are arranged from left to
right as follows:
● The upper slots are IOM H0, IOM H1, IOM H2, IOM H3, IOM H4, IOM H5,
IOM H6, IOM H7, IOM H8, IOM H9, IOM H10, IOM H11, IOM H12, and IOM
H13.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 54

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

● The lower slots are IOM L0, IOM L1, IOM L2, IOM L3, IOM L4, IOM L5, IOM
L6, IOM L7, IOM L8, IOM L9, IOM L10, IOM L11, IOM L12, and IOM L13.
NOTE

The rules for installing interface modules on a controller enclosure are as follows:
● For reliability purposes, it is recommended that interface modules should be installed in
pairs. That is, the same interface module should be installed in the upper slot and
corresponding lower slot separately.
● The scale-out interface modules are installed in the following sequence: IOM H3/L3 >
IOM H10/L10.
● Configuration rules for back-end interface modules:
● 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion modules can be installed only in slots IOM H5, IOM L5,
IOM H6, IOM L6, IOM H7, IOM L7, IOM H8, and IOM L8. The sequence of
installation is IOM H6/L6 > IOM H7/L7 > IOM H5/L5 > IOM H8/L8.
● 100 Gbit/s RDMA expansion modules are installed in the following slot sequence:
IOM H6/L6 > IOM H7/L7 > IOM H5/L5 > IOM H8/L8 > IOM H4/L4 > IOM H9/L9 >
IOM H2/L2 > IOM H11/L11.
● Configuration rules for front-end interface modules:
If Ethernet interface modules are used, you must configure one interface module in
each of the A, B, C, and D quadrants in the four-controller system or in each of the A
and B quadrants in the dual-controller system. Insert the interface modules used for
iSCSI networking in ascending order of their port rates. Then insert the interface
modules used for Fibre Channel networking in ascending order of their port rates.
● In the four-controller system:
When 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion modules are configured at the back end, front-end
interface modules are installed in the following slot sequence: IOM H0/L0 > IOM
H13/L13 > IOM H1/L1 > IOM H12/L12 > IOM H2/L2 > IOM H11/L11 >IOM H4/L4
> IOM H9/L9 > IOM H3/L3 > IOM H10/L10.
When 100 Gbit/s RDMA interface modules are configured at the back end, front-
end interface modules are installed in the following slot sequence: IOM H0/L0 >
IOM H13/L13 > IOM H1/L1 > IOM H12/L12 > IOM H2/L2 > IOM H11/L11 > IOM
H4/L4 > IOM H9/L9> IOM H5/L5 > IOM H8/L8 > IOM H3/L3 > IOM H10/L10.
● In the dual-controller system:
When 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion modules are configured at the back end, front-end
Fibre Channel interface modules are installed in the following slot sequence: IOM
H0/L0 > IOM H13/L13 > IOM H1/L1 > IOM H12/L12 > IOM H2/L2 > IOM H11/L11
>IOM H4/L4 > IOM H9/L9 > IOM H3/L3 > IOM H10/L10. Front-end Ethernet
interface modules are installed in the following slot sequence: IOM H0/L0 > IOM
H1/L1 > IOM H2/L2 > IOM H4/L4 > IOM H3/L3.
When 100 Gbit/s RDMA interface modules are configured at the back end, front-
end Fibre Channel interface modules are installed in the following slot sequence:
IOM H0/L0 > IOM H13/L13 > IOM H1/L1 > IOM H12/L12 > IOM H2/L2 > IOM
H11/L11 > IOM H4/L4 > IOM H9/L9> IOM H5/L5 > IOM H8/L8 > IOM H3/L3 >
IOM H10/L10. Front-end Ethernet interface modules are installed in the following
slot sequence: IOM H0/L0 > IOM H1/L1 > IOM H2/L2 > IOM H4/L4 > IOM H5/L5 >
IOM H3/L3.
● The management modules are mandatory, which are used for management and
maintenance.
● The maintenance network port is used for special management and maintenance only
by Huawei technical support engineers in emergency. It cannot be connected to the
same network as the management network port, because doing so may cause a
network loopback or network storm. The initial IP address of the maintenance network
port is 172.31.128.101 or 172.31.128.102. The default subnet mask is 255.255.0.0. You
are advised to connect only the management network port to the network.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 55

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.5.2 Component Description

A controller enclosure consists of controllers, (optional) assistant cooling modules,
fan modules, BBUs, power modules, management modules, and interface
modules.

4.5.2.1 System Subrack

The system subrack houses a midplane that provides reliable connections for
interface modules and distributes power and signals to inner modules.

Appearance
Figure 4-53 shows the appearance of a system subrack.

Figure 4-53 System subrack

4.5.2.2 Controller
A controller is the core component of a storage system. It processes storage
services, receives configuration management commands, saves configuration data,
connects to disks, and saves critical data onto coffer disks.

NOTE

Each controller has one or more built-in disks to store system data. If a power failure
occurs, this disk also stores cache data. The built-in disks on different controllers are
redundant for each other.

Figure 4-54 show the appearance and front view of a controller.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 56

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-54 Front view of a controller

Indicators
Table 4-13 describes indicators on a controller of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-13 Indicators on a controller

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The fan module is working

of the fan module properly.
● Steady yellow: The fan module is faulty.
● Off: The fan module is powered off.

Controller Alarm indicator ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

controller.
● Off: The controller is working correctly.

Controller Power indicator ● Steady green: The controller is powered on.

● Blinking green (0.5 Hz): The controller is
powered on and in the BIOS boot process.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The controller is in the
operating system boot process, or the controller
is in the power-off process.
● Off: The controller is absent or powered off.

4.5.2.3 Assistant Cooling Module

When a controller enclosure is configured with two controllers, assistant cooling
modules are installed in the two slots of controllers C and D to help the controller
enclosure dissipate heat. Each assistant cooling module has four fans and three
fan filler panels.
Figure 4-55 and Figure 4-56 show the appearance and front view of an assistant
cooling module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 57

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-55 Assistant cooling module

Figure 4-56 Front view of an assistant cooling module

Power indicator of the assistant cooling module

Alarm indicator of the assistant cooling module

Running/Alarm indicator of the fan module

Table 4-14 describes indicators on an assistant cooling module of a powered-on

storage system.

Table 4-14 Indicators on an assistant cooling module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The fan module is working

of the fan module properly.
● Steady yellow: The fan module is faulty.
● Off: The fan module is powered off.

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

assistant cooling module assistant cooling module.
● Off: The assistant cooling module is working
correctly.

Power indicator of the ● Steady green: The assistant cooling module is

assistant cooling module powered on.
● Off: The assistant cooling module is absent or
powered off.

4.5.2.4 Fan Module

Fan modules dissipate heat from the system, allowing the controller enclosure to
operate normally at maximum power.

Figure 4-57 and Figure 4-58 show the appearance and front view of a fan
module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 58

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-57 Fan module

Figure 4-58 Front view of a fan module

Table 4-15 describes the indicator on a fan module of a powered-on storage

system.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 59

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-15 Indicator on a fan module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The fan module is working

of the fan module properly.
● Steady yellow: The fan module is faulty.
● Off: The fan module is powered off.

4.5.2.5 BBU
BBUs supply power to the storage system in the event of an external power supply
failure to protect data in the storage system. When the external power supplies
are normal, the BBUs are standing by. If a BBU is faulty, it can be isolated without
affecting the normal running of the storage system. If a power failure occurs,
BBUs ensure that the storage system writes cached data to the built-in disks of the
controllers, preventing data loss. After the external power supply resumes, the
driver reads data from the built-in disks of the controllers to the cache.

NOTE

In a system using the lithium batteries, the battery capacity is updated and detected by
charging and discharging the batteries. In this way, the problems can be detected in
advance that the battery capacity attenuates, the batteries fail to meet the power backup
requirements of the system, and thus the data backup fails when the batteries are not used
for a long time. Then, the reliability of data protection upon the system power failure can
be improved.

Figure 4-59 and Figure 4-60 show the appearance and front view of a BBU.

Figure 4-59 BBU appearance

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 60

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-60 Front view of a BBU

Table 4-16 describes the indicator on a BBU of a storage system that is powered
on.

Table 4-16 Indicator on a BBU

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The BBU is fully charged.

of the BBU ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The BBU is being charged.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The BBU is being
discharged.
● Steady yellow: The BBU is faulty.
● Off: The interface module is powered off or hot
swappable.

4.5.2.6 Power Module

AC power modules are used. They allow the controller enclosure to work properly
at maximum power.
Each 4 U controller enclosure has four power modules (PSU 0, PSU 1, PSU 2, and
PSU 3). PSU 0 and PSU 1 form a power plane to supply power to controllers A and
C, and are redundant of each other. PSU 2 and PSU 3 form the other power plane
to supply power to controllers B and D, and are redundant of each other. For
reliability purposes, it is recommended that you connect PSU 0 and PSU 2 to one
PDU, and PSU 1 and PSU 3 to another PDU.
Figure 4-61 and Figure 4-62 show the appearance and front view of an AC power
module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 61

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-61 Appearance of an AC power module

Figure 4-62 Front view of an AC power module

Table 4-17 describes the indicator on a power module of a powered-on storage

system.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 62

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-17 Indicator on a power module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The power supply is working

of the power module properly.
● Blinking green: The power input is normal but
the device is powered off.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

4.5.2.7 Management Module

The management module provides management ports including USB ports,
management network ports, serial ports, and maintenance network ports.
Figure 4-63 shows the ports on a management module.

Figure 4-63 Management module

USB port
Management
module latch Power indicator of the management module
Speed indicator of the management
network port
Management network port
Link/Active indicator of the
management network port

Management
module handle

Maintenance network port

Serial port

NOTE

Management network port 1 is reserved and not used.

Table 4-18 describes indicators on a management module of a powered-on

storage system.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 63

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-18 Indicators on a management module

Indicator Status and Description

Power indicator of the ● Steady green: The module is working properly.

management module ● Blinking green: The module is being powered
on.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The module is powered off or hot
swappable.

Speed indicator of the ● Steady yellow: Data is being transmitted at the

management network highest speed.
port ● Off: The speed is not the highest.

Link/Active indicator of ● Steady green: The port is connected properly.

the management network ● Blinking green: Data is being transmitted.
port
● Off: The connection is abnormal.

4.5.3 Indicator Description

After a controller enclosure is powered on, you can check the current operating
status of the controller enclosure by viewing its indicators.

Indicators on the Front Panel

Figure 4-64 shows the indicators on the front panel of a controller enclosure.

Figure 4-64 Indicators on the front panel of a controller enclosure

Table 4-19 describes meanings of the indicators on the front panel of a controller
enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 64

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-19 Meanings of the indicators on the front panel

Module Indicator Status and Description

BBU Running/Alarm ● Steady green: The BBU is fully charged.

indicator of the BBU ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The BBU is being
charged.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The BBU is being
discharged.
● Steady yellow: The BBU is faulty.
● Off: The BBU is off or hot swappable.

Controller Running/Alarm ● Steady green: The fan module is

indicator of the fan working properly.
module ● Steady yellow: The fan module is faulty.
● Off: The fan module is powered off.

Power indicator of the ● Steady green: The controller is on.

controller ● Blinking green (0.5 Hz): The controller
is being powered on and booting the
BIOS.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The controller is
booting the operating system.
● Off: The controller is absent or powered
off.

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady yellow: An alarm is reported on

controller the controller.
● Off: The controller is working properly.

Built-in FRU Alarm ● Steady yellow: A built-in FRU of the

indicator controller is faulty.
● Off: The built-in FRUs of the controller
are normal.

System Power indicator/ ● Steady green: The controller enclosure

subrack Power button of the is on.
controller enclosure ● Blinking green (0.5 Hz): The controller
enclosure is being powered on.
● Blinking green (1 Hz): The controller
enclosure is in the burn-in state.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The controller
enclosure is booting the operating
system or being powered off.
● Off: The controller enclosure is off or
powered by the BBUs.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 65

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady yellow: A major or critical alarm

controller enclosure is reported on the storage system.
● Off: The storage system is running
properly.

Location indicator of ● Blinking blue: The controller enclosure

the controller is being located.
enclosure ● Off: The controller enclosure is not
located.

Indicators on the Rear Panel

Figure 4-65 shows the indicators on the rear panel of a controller enclosure.

Figure 4-65 Indicators on the rear panel of a controller enclosure

Table 4-20 describes meanings of the indicators on the rear panel of a controller
enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 66

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-20 Meanings of the indicators on the rear panel

Module Indicator Status and Description

Power Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The power input is

module of the power module normal.
● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power
input is normal but the device is
powered off.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power
module is being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is
faulty.
● Off: There is no external power
input.

Interface Power indicator of the For the states and meanings of the
module interface module indicators on the interface modules
supported by the storage system, see
Port indicator 4.6 Interface Module.

Managem Power indicator of the ● Steady green: The module is

ent management module working properly.
module ● Blinking green: The module is being
powered on.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The module is powered off or
hot swappable.

Speed indicator of the ● Steady yellow: Data is being

management network transmitted at the highest speed.
port ● Off: The speed is not the highest.

Link/Active indicator of ● Steady green: The port is connected

the management network properly.
port ● Blinking green: Data is being
transmitted.
● Off: The connection is abnormal.

4.6 Interface Module

This section describes the functions, appearance, and indicator status of interface
modules. For details about the types of hot-swappable interface modules
supported by each product model, see the Hardware Specifications.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 67

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.6.1 GE Electrical Interface Module

Function
A GE electrical interface module has four 1 Gbit/s electrical ports that cannot slow
down to 100 Mbit/s or 10 Mbit/s.

Ports
Figure 4-66 shows the appearance of a GE electrical interface module. FE stands
for front-end.

Figure 4-66 GE electrical interface module

Module Power
indicator
Module handle

Speed indicator of the

GE electrical port GE electrical port

Link/Active indicator of the

GE electrical port

Indicators
Table 4-21 describes indicators on a GE electrical interface module of a powered-
on storage system.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 68

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-21 Indicators on a GE electrical interface module

Indicator Status and Description

Module Power indicator ● Steady green: The interface module is working

correctly.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): There is a hot swap
request to the module.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The interface module is powered off or hot
swappable.

Port Link/Active indicator ● Steady green: The link to the application server
is normal.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): Data is being transferred.
● Off: The link to the application server is down
or no link exists.

Port Speed indicator ● Steady yellow: The speed is the highest.

● Off: The speed is not the highest.

4.6.2 25 Gbit/s RDMA Interface Module

25 Gbit/s RDMA interface modules are used to connect controller enclosures in a
direct-connection network.

Function
A 25 Gbit/s RDMA interface module provides four 25 Gbit/s optical ports.

Ports
Figure 4-67 shows the appearance of a 25 Gbit/s RDMA interface module. SO
stands for scale-out.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 69

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-67 25 Gbit/s RDMA interface module

Module Power
indicator
Module
handle

Port

Port Speed
indicator

Indicator
Table 4-22 describes the indicators on a 25 Gbit/s RDMA interface module after
the storage system is powered on.

Table 4-22 Indicators on a 25 Gbit/s RDMA interface module

Indicator Status and Description

Module Power indicator ● Steady green: The interface module is working

correctly.
● Blinking green: There is a hot swap request to
the module.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The module is powered off or hot
swappable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 70

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

Port Speed indicator ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.

● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The problem is being
located.
● Off: The port is not connected.

4.6.3 40GE Interface Module

The 40GE interface module is used to connect storage devices to application
servers.

Function
A 40GE interface module provides two 40 Gbit/s optical ports.

Ports
Figure 4-68 shows the appearance of a 40GE interface module. FE stands for
front-end.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 71

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-68 40GE interface module

Module Power
indicator
Module
handle

Port

Port Speed
indicator

Indicator
Table 4-23 describes the indicators on a 40GE interface module after the storage
system is powered on.

Table 4-23 Indicators on a 40GE interface module

Indicator Status and Description

Module Power indicator ● Steady green: The interface module is working

correctly.
● Blinking green: There is a hot swap request to
the module.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The module is powered off or hot
swappable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 72

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

Port Speed indicator ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.

● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Off: The port is not connected.

4.6.4 100GE Interface Module

The 100GE interface module is used to connect storage devices to application
servers.

Function
A 100GE interface module provides two 100 Gbit/s optical ports.

Ports
Figure 4-69 shows the appearance of a 100GE interface module. FE stands for
front-end.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 73

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-69 100GE interface module

Module Power
indicator
Module handle

Port

Port Speed indicator

Indicator
Table 4-24 describes the indicators on a 100GE interface module after the storage
system is powered on.

Table 4-24 Indicators on a 100GE interface module

Indicator Status and Description

Module Power indicator ● Steady green: The interface module is working

correctly.
● Blinking green: There is a hot swap request to
the module.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The module is powered off or hot
swappable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 74

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

Port Speed indicator ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.

● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The problem is being
located.
● Off: The port is not connected.

4.6.5 100 Gbit/s RDMA Interface Module

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface modules are used for scale-out between controllers
directly or via switches, or for connecting a controller enclosure to smart SAS disk
enclosures.

Function
A 100 Gbit/s RDMA interface module provides two 100 Gbit/s optical ports.

Ports
Figure 4-70 and Figure 4-71 show the appearances of 100 Gbit/s RDMA interface
modules. SO stands for scale-out and BE stands for back-end.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 75

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-70 100 Gbit/s RDMA interface module (SO)

Module Power
indicator
Module handle

Port

Port Speed indicator

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 76

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-71 100 Gbit/s RDMA interface module (BE)

Indicator
Table 4-25 describes the indicators on a 100 Gbit/s RDMA interface module after
the storage system is powered on.

Table 4-25 Indicators on a 100 Gbit/s RDMA interface module

Indicator Status and Description

Module Power indicator ● Steady green: The interface module is working

correctly.
● Blinking green: There is a hot swap request to
the module.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The module is powered off or hot
swappable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 77

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

Port Speed indicator ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.

● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The problem is being
located.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

4.6.6 SmartIO Interface Module

Function
SmartIO interface modules support 8 Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 16 Gbit/s, 25 Gbit/s, and 32
Gbit/s optical modules. The rate of an optical module must be the same as that
marked by the label on the interface module. Otherwise, a storage system alarm
is generated and ports on the module cannot be used.

NOTE

● For a Fibre Channel optical module, the enabled auto-negotiation function allows it to
auto-negotiate a maximum of three speeds:
● If a 32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel optical module is used, the SmartIO interface module
auto-negotiates the speed of 32 Gbit/s, 16 Gbit/s, or 8 Gbit/s.
● If a 16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel optical module is used, the SmartIO interface module
auto-negotiates the speed of 16 Gbit/s, 8 Gbit/s, or 4 Gbit/s.
● If an 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel optical module is used, the SmartIO interface module
auto-negotiates the speed of 8 Gbit/s, 4 Gbit/s, or 2 Gbit/s.
● The ETH optical module does not support auto-negotiation.
● The storage system does not support optical modules purchased by the customer
elsewhere. The working mode and rate of the interface module cannot be modified. If
the customer requires a different rate on the interface module, contact Huawei
technical support engineers and purchase a new interface module of the required rate.

Ports
● Figure 4-72, Figure 4-73, Figure 4-74, Figure 4-75, and Figure 4-76 show 8
Gbit/s, 10 Gbit/s, 16 Gbit/s, 25 Gbit/s, and 32 Gbit/s SmartIO interface
modules respectively. FE stands for front-end.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 78

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-72 8 Gbit/s SmartIO interface module

Module Power
indicator
Module handle

Port

Port Link/Active/Mode
indicator

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 79

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-73 10 Gbit/s SmartIO interface module

Module Power
indicator
Module
handle

Port

Port Link/Active/Mode
indicator

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 80

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-74 16 Gbit/s SmartIO interface module

Module Power
indicator
Module handle

Port

Port Link/Active/Mode
indicator

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 81

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-75 25 Gbit/s SmartIO interface module

Module Power
indicator
Module handle

Port

Port Link/Active/Mode
indicator

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 82

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-76 32 Gbit/s SmartIO interface module

Module Power
indicator
Module handle

Port

Port Link/Active/Mode
indicator

Indicators
Table1 Indicator status description for a SmartIO interface module describes
the states of indicators and their meanings on a SmartIO interface module after
the storage system is powered on.

Table 4-26 Indicator status description for a SmartIO interface module

Indicator Status Description

Module Power indicator ● Steady green: The interface module is working

correctly.
● Blinking green: There is a hot swap request to
the module.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The interface module is powered off or hot
swappable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 83

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status Description

Port Link/Active/Mode ● Steady blue: The interface module is working in

indicator FC mode, the port link is up, and no data is
being transmitted.
● Blinking blue slowly (1 Hz): The interface
module is working in FC mode, and the port
link is down.a
● Blinking blue quickly (2 Hz): The interface
module is working in FC mode, and data is
being transmitted.
● Steady green: The interface module is working
in ETH mode, the port link is up, and no data is
being transmitted.
● Blinking green slowly (1 Hz): The interface
module is working in ETH mode, and the port
link is down.a
● Blinking green quickly (2 Hz): The interface
module is working in ETH mode, and data is
being transmitted.
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The port is powered off.

a: The indicator status is only available in V500R007C60SPC100 and earlier

versions.

4.6.7 12 Gbit/s SAS Expansion Module

An expansion module provides expansion ports that are used for communication
between a controller enclosure and a SAS disk enclosure.

Function
A 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion module provides four 4 x 12 Gbit/s mini SAS HD
expansion ports that provide connectivity to disk enclosures. The SAS expansion
module connects to the back-end storage array of the storage system via a mini
SAS HD cable. When the transfer rate of the connected device is less than that of
the expansion port, the expansion port automatically adjusts the transfer rate to
that of the connected device to ensure the connectivity of the data transfer
channel.

Ports
Figure 4-77 shows the appearance of a 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion module. In the
label, BE indicates back-end.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 84

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-77 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion module

Module Power
indicator
Module handle

Mini SAS HD expansion port

Indicator of the mini SAS

HD expansion port

Indicators
Table 4-27 describes indicators on a 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion module of a
powered-on storage system.

Table 4-27 Indicators on a 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion module

Indicator Status and Description

Module Power indicator ● Steady green: The interface module is working

correctly.
● Blinking green: There is a hot swap request to
the module.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The interface module is powered off or hot
swappable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 85

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

Indicator of the mini SAS ● Steady blue: The port transmission rate is 4 x 12
HD expansion port Gbit/s.
● Steady green: The port transmission rate is 4 x 3
Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

4.6.8 12 Gbit/s SAS V2 Interconnect Expansion Module

An expansion module provides expansion ports that are used for communication
between a controller enclosure and a SAS disk enclosure.

Function
A 12 Gbit/s SAS V2 interconnect expansion module provides four 4 x 12 Gbit/s
mini SAS HD expansion ports that provide connectivity to SAS disk enclosures. The
SAS expansion module connects to the back-end storage array of the storage
system via a mini SAS HD cable. When the transfer rate of the connected device is
less than that of the expansion port, the expansion port automatically adjusts the
transfer rate to that of the connected device to ensure the connectivity of the data
transfer channel.

Ports
Figure 4-78 shows the appearance of a 12 Gbit/s SAS V2 interconnect expansion
module. In the label, BE indicates back-end and V2 is used to distinguish this
module from the 12 Gbit/s SAS expansion module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 86

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-78 12 Gbit/s SAS V2 interconnect expansion module

Module Power
indicator
Module handle

Mini SAS HD expansion port

Indicator of the mini SAS

HD expansion port

Indicators
Table 4-28 describes indicators on a 12 Gbit/s SAS V2 interconnect expansion
module of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-28 Indicators on a 12 Gbit/s SAS V2 interconnect expansion module

Indicator Status and Description

Module Power indicator ● Steady green: The interface module is working

correctly.
● Blinking green: There is a hot swap request to
the module.
● Steady yellow: The module is faulty.
● Off: The interface module is powered off or hot
swappable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 87

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

Indicator of the mini SAS ● Steady blue: The port transmission rate is 4 x 12
HD expansion port Gbit/s.
● Steady green: The port transmission rate is 4 x 3
Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

4.7 SAS Disk Enclosure (2 U, 2.5-Inch Disks)

This section describes a disk enclosure in terms of its hardware structure,
component functions, front and rear views, and indicators.

4.7.1 Overview
The disk enclosure consists of a system subrack, expansion modules, disk modules,
and power modules.

Overall Structure
Figure 4-79 shows the overall structure of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-79 Overall structure of a disk enclosure

Power module

Expansion module

Power module

System subrack

Disk module

Front View
Figure 4-80 shows the front view of a disk enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 88

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-80 Front view of a disk enclosure

Disk module handle Disk module latch Disk enclosure ID display

NOTE

The disk slots are numbered 0 to 24 from left to right.

Rear View
Figure 4-81 shows the rear view of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-81 Rear view of a disk enclosure (with AC power modules as an

example)

Power module Serial port Disk enclosure ID display

Power module latch Expansion module
Mini SAS HD P1 expansion port
Power module handle Expansion module handle
Mini SAS HD P0 expansion port

4.7.2 Component Description

This section provides the detailed illustration and description for each component.

4.7.2.1 System Subrack

The system subrack houses a midplane to provide reliable connections for
interface modules and to distribute power and signals to inner modules.

Appearance
Figure 4-82 shows the appearance of a system subrack.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 89

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-82 System subrack

4.7.2.2 Expansion Module

An expansion module provides expansion ports for communication between a disk
enclosure and a controller enclosure, or between different disk enclosures. Each
expansion module provides P0 and P1 expansion ports.

Appearance
Figure 4-83 shows the appearance of an expansion module.

Figure 4-83 Expansion module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 90

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Ports
Figure 4-84 shows the ports of an expansion module.

Figure 4-84 Interfaces of an expansion module

Indicators
Table 4-29 describes indicators on an expansion module of a powered-on storage
system.

Table 4-29 Indicators on an expansion module

Indicator Status and Description

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated in the

expansion module expansion module.
● Off: The expansion module is working correctly.

Power indicator of the ● Steady green: The expansion module is powered

expansion module on.
● Off: The expansion module is powered off.

Indicator of the mini SAS ● Steady blue: The port transmission rate is 4 x 12
HD expansion port Gbit/s.
● Steady green: The port transmission rate is 4 x 3
Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

4.7.2.3 Power Module

The storage system supports AC and DC power modules. Power modules can
ensure that the disk enclosure works correctly in maximum power consumption
mode.

Appearance
Figure 4-85 shows the appearance of an AC power module. Figure 4-86 shows
the appearance of a DC power module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 91

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-85 AC power module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 92

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-86 DC power module

Indicators
Table 4-30 describes indicators on a power module of a powered-on storage
system.

Table 4-30 Indicators on a power module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The power/fan module is working

of the power/fan module correctly.
● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
normal but the device is powered off.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power or fan module is
faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

4.7.2.4 Disk Module

Disk modules provide storage capacity for a storage system. Disk modules can
function as system coffer disks to save service data, system data, and cache data.

Appearance
Figure 4-87 shows the appearance of a disk module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 93

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-87 Disk module

Indicators
Table 4-31 describes indicators on a disk module of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-31 Indicators on a disk module

Indicator Status and Description

Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is working

disk module correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above): The disk
module is reading and writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered off or powered
on incorrectly.

Alarm/Location indicator ● Steady yellow: The disk module is faulty.

of the disk module ● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk module is being
located.
● Off: The disk module is working correctly or hot
swappable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 94

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.7.3 Indicator Introduction

After a disk enclosure is powered on, you can check the current operating status of
the disk enclosure by viewing its indicators.

Indicators on the Front Panel

Figure 4-88 shows the indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-88 Indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure

Running indicator of the disk module Alarm/Location indicator of the disk module
Power indicator of the disk enclosure

Location indicator of the disk enclosure

Alarm indicator of the disk enclosure

Table 4-32 describes the indicators on the front panel of the disk enclosure.

Table 4-32 Description of the indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Disk Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is

module disk module working correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above):
The disk module is reading and
writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered
off or powered on incorrectly.

Alarm/Location indicator of ● Steady yellow: The disk module

the disk module is faulty.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk
module is being located.
● Off: The disk module is working
correctly or hot swappable.

System Location indicator of the ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The disk

subrack disk enclosure enclosure is being located.
● Off: The disk enclosure is not
located.

Alarm indicator of the disk ● Steady yellow: An alarm is

enclosure generated in the disk enclosure.
● Off: The disk enclosure is
working correctly.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 95

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Power indicator of the disk ● Steady green: The disk enclosure

enclosure is powered on.
● Off: The disk enclosure is
powered off.

Indicators on the Rear Panel

Figure 4-89 shows the indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-89 Indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure

Power indicator of the expansion module
Alarm indicator of the expansion module Mini SAS HD expansion port indicator
Running/Alarm indicator of the power/fan module

Table 4-33 describes the indicators on the rear panel of the disk enclosure.

Table 4-33 Description of the indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Expansion Alarm ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

module indicator of expansion module.
the ● Off: The expansion module is working correctly.
expansion
module

Power ● Steady green: The expansion module is powered

indicator of on.
the ● Off: The expansion module is powered off.
expansion
module

Indicator of ● Steady blue: The port transmission rate is 4 x 12

the mini SAS Gbit/s.
HD ● Steady green: The port transmission rate is 4 x 3
expansion Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
port
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 96

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Power Running/ ● Steady green: The power supply is working

module Alarm properly.
indicator of ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
the normal but the device is powered off.
power/fan
module ● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power or fan module is
faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

4.8 SAS Disk Enclosure (4 U, 3.5-Inch Disks)

This section describes a disk enclosure in terms of its hardware structure,
component functions, front and rear views, and indicators.

4.8.1 Overview
The disk enclosure consists of a system subrack, expansion modules, power
modules, fan modules, and disk modules.

Overall Structure
Figure 4-90 shows the overall structure of a 4 U disk enclosure.

Figure 4-90 Overall structure of a 4 U disk enclosure

Fan module

Expansion module

Power module
Fan module

Power module

System subrack

Disk module

Front View
Figure 4-91 shows the front view of a 4 U disk enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 97

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-91 Front view of a 4 U disk enclosure

Disk module handle Disk module latch Disk enclosure ID display

NOTE

The disk slots of a 4 U disk enclosure are numbered 0 to 23 from left to right and from top
to bottom.

Rear View
Figure 4-92 shows the rear view of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-92 Rear view of a disk enclosure (with AC power modules as an

example)

4.8.2 Component Description

This section provides the detailed illustration and description for each component.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 98

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.8.2.1 System Subrack

The system subrack houses a midplane to provide reliable connections for
interface modules and to distribute power and signals to inner modules.

Appearance
Figure 4-93 shows the appearance of a system subrack.

Figure 4-93 System subrack

4.8.2.2 Expansion Module

An expansion module connects a disk enclosure and a controller enclosure
through expansion ports. Each expansion module provides P0 and P1 expansion
ports.

Appearance
Figure 4-94 shows the appearance of an expansion module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 99

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-94 Expansion module

Ports
Figure 4-95 shows the ports of an expansion module.

Figure 4-95 Interfaces of an expansion module

Indicators
Table 4-34 describes indicators on an expansion module of a powered-on storage
system.

Table 4-34 Indicators on an expansion module

Indicator Status and Description

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated in the

expansion module expansion module.
● Off: The expansion module is working correctly.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 100

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

Power indicator of the ● Steady green: The expansion module is powered

expansion module on.
● Off: The expansion module is powered off.

Indicator of the mini SAS ● Steady blue: The port transmission rate is 4 x 12
HD expansion port Gbit/s.
● Steady green: The port transmission rate is 4 x 3
Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

4.8.2.3 Power Module

The storage system supports AC and DC power modules. Power modules can
ensure that the disk enclosure works correctly in maximum power consumption
mode.

Appearance
Figure 4-96 shows the appearance of an AC power module. Figure 4-97 shows
the appearance of a DC power module.

Figure 4-96 AC power module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 101

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-97 DC power module

Indicators
Table 4-35 describes indicators on a power module of a powered-on storage
system.

Table 4-35 Indicators on a power module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The power module is working

of the power module correctly.
● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
normal but the device is powered off.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power or fan module is
faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

4.8.2.4 Fan Module

A fan module provides heat dissipation and supports the normal running of the
disk enclosure in maximum power consumption mode.

Appearance
Figure 4-98 shows the appearance of a fan module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 102

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-98 Fan module

Indicators
Table 4-36 describes indicators on a fan module of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-36 Indicators on a fan module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The fan module is working

of the fan module correctly.
● Steady yellow: The fan module is faulty.
● Off: The fan module is powered off.

4.8.2.5 Disk Module

Disk modules provide storage capacity for a storage system to store service data
and can function as system coffer disks.

Appearance
Figure 4-99 shows the appearance of a disk module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 103

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-99 Disk module

Indicators
Table 4-37 describes indicators on a disk module of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-37 Indicators on a disk module

Indicator Status and Description

Alarm/Location indicator ● Steady yellow: The disk module is faulty.

of the disk module ● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk module is being
located.
● Off: The disk module is working correctly or hot
swappable.

Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is working

disk module correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above): The disk
module is reading and writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered off or powered
on incorrectly.

4.8.3 Indicator Introduction

After a disk enclosure is powered on, you can check the current operating status of
the disk enclosure by viewing its indicators.

Indicators on the Front Panel

Figure 4-100 shows the indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 104

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-100 Indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure

Running indicator of the disk module
Alarm/Location indicator of the disk module Power indicator of the disk enclosure

Location indicator of the disk enclosure

Alarm indicator of the disk enclosure

Table 4-38 describes the indicators on the front panel of the disk enclosure.

Table 4-38 Description of the indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Disk Running indicator of the disk ● Steady green: The disk module is
module module working correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above):
The disk module is reading and
writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered
off or powered on incorrectly.

Alarm/Location indicator of ● Steady yellow: The disk module is

the disk module faulty.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk
module is being located.
● Off: The disk module is working
correctly or hot swappable.

System Location indicator of the ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The disk

subrack disk enclosure enclosure is being located.
● Off: The disk enclosure is not
located.

Alarm indicator of the disk ● Steady yellow: An alarm is

enclosure generated in the disk enclosure.
● Off: The disk enclosure is
working correctly.

Power indicator of the disk ● Steady green: The disk enclosure

enclosure is powered on.
● Off: The disk enclosure is
powered off.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 105

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicators on the Rear Panel

Figure 4-101 shows the indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-101 Indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure

Table 4-39 describes the indicators on the rear panel of the disk enclosure.

Table 4-39 Description of the indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure

Module Indicator Status and Description

Fan Running/ ● Steady green: The fan module is working

module Alarm correctly.
indicator of ● Steady yellow: The fan module is faulty.
the fan
module ● Off: The fan module is powered off.

Power Running/ ● Steady green: The power supply is working

module Alarm properly.
indicator of ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
the power normal but the device is powered off.
module
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

Expansion Indicator of ● Steady blue: The port transmission rate is 4 x 12

module the mini SAS Gbit/s.
HD ● Steady green: The port transmission rate is 4 x 3
expansion Gbit/s or 4 x 6 Gbit/s.
port
● Steady yellow: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 106

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Power ● Steady green: The expansion module is powered

indicator of on.
the ● Off: The expansion module is powered off.
expansion
module

Alarm ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

indicator of expansion module.
the ● Off: The expansion module is working correctly.
expansion
module

4.9 Smart SAS Disk Enclosure (2 U, 2.5-Inch Disks)

This section describes a disk enclosure in terms of its hardware structure,
component functions, front and rear views, and indicators.

4.9.1 Overview
The disk enclosure consists of a system subrack, expansion modules, fan modules,
disk modules, and power modules.

Overall Structure
Figure 4-102 shows the overall structure of a disk enclosure.

NOTE

Figure 4-102 Overall structure of a disk enclosure

Power module

Expansion module

Fan module

System subrack

Disk module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 107

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Front View
Figure 4-103 shows the front view of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-103 Front view of a disk enclosure

Disk module handle Power indicator of the disk enclosure

Disk module latch Disk enclosure ID display

NOTE

● The disk slots are numbered 0 to 24 from left to right.

● The disk enclosure indicator is designed as a button, but the button function is reserved
and currently unavailable.

Rear View
Figure 4-104 shows the rear view of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-104 Rear view of a disk enclosure (with AC power modules as an

example)

Power module
Expansion module lever Power module handle Power module latch
Expansion module

Power module lever

100 Gbit/s RDMA optical port
Disk enclosure ID display
Management network port Serial port
Maintenance network port

NOTE

The management network port, maintenance network port, and serial port of a smart disk
enclosure are reserved and do not need cable connection.

4.9.2 Component Description

This section provides the detailed illustration and description for each component.

4.9.2.1 System Subrack

The system subrack houses a midplane to provide reliable connections for
interface modules and to distribute power and signals to inner modules.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 108

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Appearance
Figure 4-105 shows the appearance of a system subrack.

Figure 4-105 System subrack

4.9.2.2 Expansion Module

An expansion module provides expansion ports for communication between a disk
enclosure and a controller enclosure, or between different disk enclosures. Each
expansion module provides P0, P1, P2, and P3 expansion ports.

Appearance
Figure 4-106 shows the appearance of an expansion module.

Figure 4-106 Expansion module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 109

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Ports
Figure 4-107 shows the ports of an expansion module.

Figure 4-107 Ports of an expansion module

Maintenance network port

Expansion module lever Disk enclosure ID display
Management network port Serial port

Expansion module lever

Power indicator of the 100 Gbit/s RDMA optical port Link/Active indicator of the management network port
expansion module Speed indicator of the management network port
Built-in FRU Alarm indicator
Alarm indicator of the 100 Gbit/s RDMA port indicator
expansion module

NOTE

The management network port, maintenance network port, and serial port of a smart disk
enclosure are reserved and do not need cable connection.

Indicators
Table 4-40 describes indicators on an expansion module of a powered-on storage
system.

Table 4-40 Indicators on an expansion module

Indicator Status and Description

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated in the

expansion module expansion module.
● Off: The expansion module is working correctly.

Power indicator of the ● Steady green: The expansion module is powered

expansion module on.
● Off: The expansion module is powered off.

Built-in FRU Alarm ● Steady yellow: The internal FRU (fan module) of
indicator the controller is faulty.
● Off: The internal FRU of the controller is working
correctly.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 110

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

100 Gbit/s RDMA port ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.
indicator ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The problem is being
located.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

4.9.2.3 Fan Module

A fan module dissipates heat and enables a controller enclosure to work properly
at the maximum power consumption.

Appearance
Figure 4-108 shows the appearance of a fan module.

Figure 4-108 Appearance of a fan module

Indicators
Fans are embedded inside controllers and do not have independent indicators. You
can check the running status of fans by observing controller indicators.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 111

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.9.2.4 Power Module

The storage system supports AC and DC power modules. Power modules can
ensure that the disk enclosure works correctly in maximum power consumption
mode.

Appearance
#EN-US_TOPIC_0258388126/en-us_topic_0129081922_d0e9351 shows the
appearance of an AC power module. #EN-US_TOPIC_0258388126/en-
us_topic_0129081922_d0e9359 shows the appearance of a DC power module.

Figure 4-109 Front view of an AC power module

Running/Alarm indicator
of the power module

Power module handle

Power module latch

Power module socket

Figure 4-110 Front view of a DC power module

Running/Alarm indicator
of the power module

Power module handle

Positive and negative

terminals of the power Power module latch
module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 112

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicators
Table 4-41 describes indicators on a power module of a powered-on storage
system.

Table 4-41 Indicators on a power module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The power supply is working

of the power module properly.
● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
normal but the device is powered off.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

4.9.2.5 Disk Module

Disk modules provide storage capacity for a storage system. Disk modules can
function as system coffer disks to save service data, system data, and cache data.

Appearance
Figure 4-111 shows the appearance of a disk module.

Figure 4-111 Disk module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 113

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicators
Table 4-42 describes indicators on a disk module of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-42 Indicators on a disk module

Indicator Status and Description

Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is working

disk module correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above): The disk
module is reading and writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered off or powered
on incorrectly.

Alarm/Location indicator ● Steady yellow: The disk module is faulty.

of the disk module ● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk module is being
located.
● Off: The disk module is working correctly or hot
swappable.

4.9.3 Indicator Introduction

After a disk enclosure is powered on, you can check the current operating status of
the disk enclosure by viewing its indicators.

Indicators on the Front Panel

Figure 4-112 shows the indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-112 Indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure

Running indicator of the disk module
Alarm/Location indicator of the disk module Power indicator/Power button of the disk enclosure

Location indicator of the disk enclosure

Alarm indicator of the disk enclosure

Table 4-43 describes the indicators on the front panel of the disk enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 114

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-43 Description of the indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Disk Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is

module disk module working correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above):
The disk module is reading and
writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered
off or powered on incorrectly.

Alarm/Location indicator of ● Steady yellow: The disk module

the disk module is faulty.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk
module is being located.
● Off: The disk module is working
correctly or hot swappable.

System Location indicator of the ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The disk

subrack disk enclosure enclosure is being located.
● Off: The disk enclosure is not
located.

Alarm indicator of the disk ● Steady yellow: An alarm is

enclosure generated in the disk enclosure.
● Off: The disk enclosure is
working correctly.

Power indicator of the disk ● Steady green: The disk enclosure

enclosure is powered on.
● Blinking green: The disk
enclosure is being powered on.
● Off: The disk enclosure is
powered off.

Indicators on the Rear Panel

Figure 4-113 shows the indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 115

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-113 Indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure

Running/Alarm indicator of the power module

Link/Active indicator of the management network port

Power indicator of the Built-in FRU Alarm indicator
expansion module Speed indicator of the management network port
Alarm indicator of the 100 Gbit/s RDMA port indicator
expansion module

Table 4-44 describes the indicators on the rear panel of the disk enclosure.

Table 4-44 Description of the indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Expansion Alarm ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

module indicator of expansion module.
the ● Off: The expansion module is working correctly.
expansion
module

Power ● Steady green: The expansion module is powered

indicator of on.
the ● Off: The expansion module is powered off.
expansion
module

Built-in FRU ● Steady yellow: The internal FRU (fan module)

Alarm of the controller is faulty.
indicator ● Off: The internal FRU of the controller is
working correctly.

100 Gbit/s ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.

RDMA port ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
indicator data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The problem is being
located.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 116

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Power Running/ ● Steady green: The power supply is working

module Alarm properly.
indicator of ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
the power normal but the device is powered off.
module
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

4.10 Smart SAS Disk Enclosure (2 U, 3.5-Inch Disks)

This section describes a disk enclosure in terms of its hardware structure,
component functions, front and rear views, and indicators.

4.10.1 Overview
The disk enclosure consists of a system subrack, expansion modules, fan modules,
disk modules, and power modules.

Overall Structure
Figure 4-114 shows the overall structure of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-114 Overall structure of a disk enclosure

Power module

Expansion module

Fan module

System subrack

Disk module

Front View
Figure 4-115 shows the front view of a disk enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 117

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-115 Front view of a disk enclosure

Disk module handle
Power indicator of the disk enclosure
Disk module latch
Disk enclosure ID display

NOTE

● The disk slots are numbered 0 to 11 from left to right and from top to bottom.
● The disk enclosure indicator is designed as a button, but the button function is reserved
and currently unavailable.

Rear View
Figure 4-116 shows the rear view of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-116 Rear view of a disk enclosure (with AC power modules as an

example)

Expansion module lever Power module

Power module handle Power module latch
Expansion module

Disk enclosure ID display

Serial port Power module lever
100 Gbit/s RDMA optical port
Maintenance network port
Management network port

NOTE

The management network port, maintenance network port, and serial port of a smart disk
enclosure are reserved and do not need cable connection.

4.10.2 Component Description

This section provides the detailed illustration and description for each component.

4.10.2.1 System Subrack

The system subrack houses a midplane to provide reliable connections for
interface modules and to distribute power and signals to inner modules.

Appearance
Figure 4-117 shows the appearance of a system subrack.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 118

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-117 System subrack

4.10.2.2 Expansion Module

An expansion module provides expansion ports for communication between a disk
enclosure and a controller enclosure, or between different disk enclosures. Each
expansion module provides P0, P1, P2, and P3 expansion ports.

Appearance
Figure 4-118 shows the appearance of an expansion module.

Figure 4-118 Expansion module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 119

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Ports
Figure 4-119 shows the ports of an expansion module.

Figure 4-119 Ports of an expansion module

Expansion module lever Maintenance network port Disk enclosure ID display

Serial port
Management network port

Power indicator of the 100 Gbit/s RDMA optical port Link/Active indicator of the management network port
expansion module 100 Gbit/s RDMA port indicator
Built-in FRU Alarm indicator
Alarm indicator of the expansion module Speed indicator of the management network port

NOTE

The management network port, maintenance network port, and serial port of a smart disk
enclosure are reserved and do not need cable connection.

Indicators
Table 4-45 describes indicators on an expansion module of a powered-on storage
system.

Table 4-45 Indicators on an expansion module

Indicator Status and Description

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated in the

expansion module expansion module.
● Off: The expansion module is working correctly.

Power indicator of the ● Steady green: The expansion module is powered

expansion module on.
● Off: The expansion module is powered off.

Built-in FRU Alarm ● Steady yellow: The internal FRU (fan module) of
indicator the controller is faulty.
● Off: The internal FRU of the controller is working
correctly.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 120

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator Status and Description

100 Gbit/s RDMA port ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.
indicator ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The problem is being
located.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

4.10.2.3 Fan Module

A fan module dissipates heat and enables a controller enclosure to work properly
at the maximum power consumption.

Appearance
Figure 4-120 shows the appearance of a fan module.

Figure 4-120 Appearance of a fan module

Indicators
Fans are embedded inside controllers and do not have independent indicators. You
can check the running status of fans by observing controller indicators.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 121

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.10.2.4 Power Module

The storage system supports AC and DC power modules. Power modules can
ensure that the disk enclosure works correctly in maximum power consumption
mode.

Appearance
#EN-US_TOPIC_0258388132/en-us_topic_0129081922_d0e9351 shows the
appearance of an AC power module. #EN-US_TOPIC_0258388132/en-
us_topic_0129081922_d0e9359 shows the appearance of a DC power module.

Figure 4-121 Front view of an AC power module

Running/Alarm indicator
of the power module

Power module handle

Power module latch

Power module socket

Figure 4-122 Front view of a DC power module

Running/Alarm indicator
of the power module

Power module handle

Positive and negative

terminals of the power Power module latch
module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 122

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicators
Table 4-46 describes indicators on a power module of a powered-on storage
system.

Table 4-46 Indicators on a power module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The power module is working

of the power module correctly.
● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
normal but the device is powered off.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

4.10.2.5 Disk Module

Disk modules provide storage capacity for a storage system. Disk modules can
function as system coffer disks to save service data, system data, and cache data.

Appearance
Figure 4-123 shows the appearance of a disk module.

Figure 4-123 Disk module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 123

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicators
Table 4-47 describes indicators on a disk module of a powered-on storage system.

Table 4-47 Indicators on a disk module

Indicator Status and Description

Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is working

disk module correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above): The disk
module is reading and writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered off or powered
on incorrectly.

Alarm/Location indicator ● Steady yellow: The disk module is faulty.

of the disk module ● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk module is being
located.
● Off: The disk module is working correctly or hot
swappable.

4.10.3 Indicator Introduction

After a disk enclosure is powered on, you can check the current operating status of
the disk enclosure by viewing its indicators.

Indicators on the Front Panel

Figure 4-124 shows the indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-124 Indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure

Disk module Alarm/Location indicator
Disk module Running indicator
Power indicator/Power button of the disk enclosure

Location indicator of the disk enclosure

Alarm indicator of the disk enclosure

Table 4-48 describes the indicators on the front panel of the disk enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 124

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-48 Description of the indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Disk Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is

module disk module working correctly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz or above):
The disk module is reading and
writing data.
● Off: The disk module is powered
off or powered on incorrectly.

Alarm/Location indicator of ● Steady yellow: The disk module

the disk module is faulty.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk
module is being located.
● Off: The disk module is working
correctly or hot swappable.

System Location indicator of the ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The disk

subrack disk enclosure enclosure is being located.
● Off: The disk enclosure is not
located.

Alarm indicator of the disk ● Steady yellow: An alarm is

enclosure generated in the disk enclosure.
● Off: The disk enclosure is
working correctly.

Power indicator of the disk ● Steady green: The disk enclosure

enclosure is powered on.
● Blinking green: The disk
enclosure is being powered on.
● Off: The disk enclosure is
powered off.

Indicators on the Rear Panel

Figure 4-125 shows the indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 125

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-125 Indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure

Running/Alarm indicator of the power module

Power indicator of the

Built-in FRU Alarm indicator
expansion module
Link/Active indicator of the management network port
Alarm indicator of the 100 Gbit/s RDMA port indicator
expansion module Speed indicator of the management network port

Table 4-49 describes the indicators on the rear panel of the disk enclosure.

Table 4-49 Description of the indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure
Module Indicator Status and Description

Expansion Alarm ● Steady yellow: An alarm is generated on the

module indicator of expansion module.
the ● Off: The expansion module is working correctly.
expansion
module

Power ● Steady green: The expansion module is powered

indicator of on.
the ● Off: The expansion module is powered off.
expansion
module

Built-in FRU ● Steady yellow: The internal FRU (fan module)

Alarm of the controller is faulty.
indicator ● Off: The internal FRU of the controller is
working correctly.

100 Gbit/s ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.

RDMA port ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
indicator data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The problem is being
located.
● Off: The link to the port is down.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 126

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Power Running/ ● Steady green: The power supply is working

module Alarm properly.
indicator of ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
the power normal but the device is powered off.
module
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: No external power is input.

4.11 Smart NVMe Disk Enclosure (2 U, Palm-sized

Disks)
This section describes a 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure in terms of its hardware
structure, component functions, front and rear views, and indicators.

4.11.1 Overview
The 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure consists of a system subrack, expansion
modules, disk modules, and power modules.

Overall Structure
Figure 4-126 shows the overall structure of a 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure.

Figure 4-126 Overall structure of a smart NVMe disk enclosure

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 127

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Front View
Figure 4-127 shows the front view of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-127 Front view of a disk enclosure

NOTE

● The disk slots are numbered 0 to 35 from left to right.

● The disk enclosure indicator is designed as a button, but the button function is reserved
and currently unavailable.

Rear View
Figure 4-128 shows the rear view of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-128 Rear view of a disk enclosure (with AC power modules as an

example)

NOTE

The management network port, maintenance network port, and serial port of the smart
disk enclosure are reserved and do not need cable connection.

4.11.2 Component Description

This section provides the detailed illustration and description for each component.

4.11.2.1 System Subrack

The system subrack houses a midplane that provides reliable connections for
interface modules and distributes power and signals to inner modules.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 128

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Appearance
Figure 4-129 shows the appearance of a system subrack.

Figure 4-129 System subrack

4.11.2.2 Expansion Module

An expansion module provides expansion ports for communication between a disk
enclosure and a controller enclosure, or between different disk enclosures. Each
expansion module provides P0, P1, P2, and P3 expansion ports.

Appearance
Figure 4-130 shows the appearance of an expansion module.

Figure 4-130 Expansion module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 129

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Ports
Figure 4-131 shows the ports on an expansion module.

Figure 4-131 Ports on an expansion module

NOTE

The management network port, maintenance network port, and serial port of the smart
disk enclosure are reserved and do not need cable connection.

Indicators
For the indicators on an expansion module after the storage system is powered
on, see 4.11.3 Indicator Description.

4.11.2.3 Fan Module

Fan modules dissipate heat from the system, allowing the disk enclosure to
operate normally at maximum power.

Appearance
Figure 4-132 shows the appearance of a fan module.

Figure 4-132 Fan module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 130

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicators
Fans are embedded inside expansion modules and do not have independent
indicators. You can check the running status of fans by observing the indicators on
the expansion modules.

4.11.2.4 Power Module

The storage system supports AC and DC power modules. Power modules can
ensure that the disk enclosure works correctly in maximum power consumption
mode.

Appearance
Figure 4-133 shows the appearance of an AC power module. Figure 4-134 shows
the appearance of a DC power module.

Figure 4-133 Front view of an AC power module

Running/Alarm indicator
of the power module

Power module handle

Power module latch

Power module socket

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 131

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-134 Front view of a DC power module

Running/Alarm indicator
of the power module

Power module handle

Positive and negative

terminals of the power Power module latch
module

Indicators
For the indicators on a power module after the storage system is powered on, see
4.11.3 Indicator Description.

4.11.2.5 Disk Module

Disk modules provide storage capacity for a storage system. Disk modules can
function as system coffer disks to save service data, system data, and cache data.

Appearance
Figure 4-135 shows the appearance of a disk module.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 132

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-135 Disk module

Indicators
For the indicators on a disk module after the storage system is powered on, see
4.11.3 Indicator Description.

4.11.3 Indicator Description

After a disk enclosure is powered on, you can check the current operating status of
the disk enclosure by viewing its indicators.

Indicators on the Front Panel

Figure 4-136 shows the indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-136 Indicators on the front panel of a disk enclosure

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 133

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-50 describes meanings of the indicators on the front panel of a disk
enclosure.

Table 4-50 Meanings of the indicators on the front panel

Module Indicator Status and Description

Disk Running indicator of the ● Steady green: The disk module is

module disk module working properly.
● Blinking green (4 Hz): Data is
being read and written on the
disk module.
● Off: The disk module is powered
off or incorrectly powered on.

Alarm/Location indicator of ● Steady yellow: The disk module is

the disk module faulty.
● Blinking yellow (2 Hz): The disk
module is being located.
● Off: The disk module is working
properly or hot swappable.

System Location indicator of the ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The disk

subrack disk enclosure enclosure is being located.
● Off: The disk enclosure is not
located.

Alarm indicator of the disk ● Steady yellow: An alarm is

enclosure reported by the disk enclosure.
● Off: The disk enclosure is working
properly.

Power indicator of the disk ● Steady green: The disk enclosure

enclosure is powered on.
● Off: The disk enclosure is
powered off.

Indicators on the Rear Panel

Figure 4-137 shows the indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure.

Figure 4-137 Indicators on the rear panel of a disk enclosure

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 134

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-51 describes meanings of the indicators on the rear panel of a disk
enclosure.

Table 4-51 Meanings of the indicators on the rear panel

Module Indicator Status and Description

Expansion Alarm ● Steady yellow: An alarm is reported by the

module indicator of expansion module.
the expansion ● Off: The expansion module is working
module properly.

Power ● Steady green: The expansion module is

indicator of powered on.
the expansion ● Off: The expansion module is powered off.
module

Built-in FRU ● Steady yellow: A built-in FRU (fan module) of

Alarm the controller is faulty.
indicator ● Off: The built-in FRUs of the controller are
normal.

100 Gbit/s ● Steady blue: The speed is the highest.

RDMA port ● Blinking blue (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
indicator data at the highest speed.
● Steady green: The speed is not the highest.
● Blinking green (2 Hz): The port is transmitting
data, but not at the highest speed.
● Steady yellow: The optical module or cable is
faulty or not supported by the port.
● Off: The port is not connected.

Power Running/Alarm ● Steady green: The power input is normal.

module indicator of ● Blinking green (1 Hz): The power input is
the power normal but the device is powered off.
module
● Blinking green (4 Hz): The power module is
being upgraded online.
● Steady yellow: The power module is faulty.
● Off: There is no external power input.

4.12 High-Density Disk Enclosure

This chapter describes a high-density disk enclosure in terms of its hardware
structure, component functions, front and rear views, and indicators.

4.12.1 Overview
A high-density disk enclosure employs a modular design and consists of a system
subrack, disk modules, fan modules, power modules, and expansion modules.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 135

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Overall Structure
Figure 4-138 shows the overall structure of a high-density disk enclosure.

Figure 4-138 Overall structure of a high-density disk enclosure with four 1200 W
power modules

Power module
System subrack

Disk module

Fan module

Expansion module

Front View
Figure 4-139 shows the front view of a high-density disk enclosure.

Figure 4-139 Front view of a high-density disk enclosure

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 136

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Rear View
Figure 4-140 shows the rear view of a high-density disk enclosure.

Figure 4-140 Rear view of a high-density disk enclosure

Top View
Figure 4-141 shows the top view of a high-density disk enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 137

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-141 Top view of a high-density disk enclosure

The disk number of a high-density disk enclosure displayed on DeviceManager or

CLI ranges from 0 to 74. These disks are numbered from left to right (15 columns)
and from bottom to top (five rows). The slots of a high-density disk enclosure are
numbered 0 to 14 from left to right (15 columns), and A to E from bottom to top
(five rows). For example, in the preceding figure, the disk in the red box is
numbered 40 in slot C10.
Table 4-52 lists the mappings between disk numbers and slot numbers of high-
density disk enclosures.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 138

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-52 Mappings between disk numbers and slot numbers of high-density
disk enclosures
Disk Slot Disk Slot Disk Slot Disk Slot Disk Slot
No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No. No.

0 A0 15 B0 30 C0 45 D0 60 E0

1 A1 16 B1 31 C1 46 D1 61 E1

2 A2 17 B2 32 C2 47 D2 62 E2

3 A3 18 B3 33 C3 48 D3 63 E3

4 A4 19 B4 34 C4 49 D4 64 E4

5 A5 20 B5 35 C5 50 D5 65 E5

6 A6 21 B6 36 C6 51 D6 66 E6

7 A7 22 B7 37 C7 52 D7 67 E7

8 A8 23 B8 38 C8 53 D8 68 E8

9 A9 24 B9 39 C9 54 D9 69 E9

10 A10 25 B10 40 C10 55 D10 70 E10

11 A11 26 B11 41 C11 56 D11 71 E11

12 A12 27 B12 42 C12 57 D12 72 E12

13 A13 28 B13 43 C13 58 D13 73 E13

14 A14 29 B14 44 C14 59 D14 74 E14

4.12.2 Component Description

This section provides the detailed illustration and description for each component.

4.12.2.1 System Subrack

The system subrack houses a midplane to provide reliable connections for
interface modules and to distribute power and signals to inner modules.

Appearance
Figure 4-142 shows the appearance of a system subrack.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 139

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-142 System subrack

4.12.2.2 Expansion Module

Each expansion module provides two PRI HD expansion ports and two EXP HD
expansion ports. Expansion modules enable a high-density disk enclosure to
communicate with a controller enclosure or another high-density disk enclosure.

Appearance
Figure 4-143 shows the appearance of an expansion module.

Figure 4-143 Expansion module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 140

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Ports
Figure 4-144 shows the ports of an expansion module.

Figure 4-144 Ports on an expansion module

Indicators
Table 4-53 describes the indicators on a disk enclosure expansion module of a
storage system that is powered on.

Table 4-53 Indicators on an expansion module in a disk enclosure

Indicator Status and Description

Power indicator of the ● Steady green: The expansion module is working

expansion module correctly.
● Off: The expansion module is powered off.

Alarm indicator of the ● Steady red: An alarm about the expansion

expansion module module is generated.
● Off: The expansion module is powered off or
working correctly.

Mini SAS HD expansion ● Steady blue: The link to the expansion port is
port indicator normal, and the data transfer rate is 4 x 12
Gbit/s.
● Steady green: The link to the expansion port is
normal, and the data transfer rate is 4 x 6
Gbit/s.
● Steady red: The port is faulty.
● Off: The link to the expansion port is down.

4.12.2.3 Disk Module

Disk modules provide storage capacity for a storage system to store service data.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 141

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Appearance
Figure 4-145 shows the appearance of a disk module.

Figure 4-145 Disk module

Indicator
Table 4-54 describes the indicator on a disk module of a storage system that is
powered on.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 142

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-54 Indicator on a disk module

Indicator Status and Description

Disk module status ● Steady green: The disk module is working

indicator correctly.
● Blinking green: Data is being read and written
on the disk module.
● Steady red: The disk module is faulty.
● Blinking red: The disk module is located.
● Off: The disk module is powered off or powered
on incorrectly.

4.12.2.4 Power Module

The storage system supports AC power modules that ensure that a high-density
disk enclosure works correctly in maximum power consumption mode.

Appearance
Figure 4-146 shows the appearance of a power module.

Figure 4-146 AC power module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 143

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator
Table 4-55 describes the indicator on a power module of a storage system that is
powered on.

Table 4-55 Indicator on a power module

Indicator Status and Description

Running/Alarm indicator ● Steady green: The power module is working

of the power module correctly.
● Off: The power module is powered off, or
undervoltage, overvoltage, overtemperature, or
short-circuit occurs.

4.12.2.5 Fan Module

A fan module provides heat dissipation and supports the normal running of the
disk enclosure in maximum power consumption mode.

Appearance
Figure 4-147 shows the appearance of a fan module.

Figure 4-147 Fan module

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 144

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Indicator
Table 4-56 describes the indicator on a fan module of a storage system that is
powered-on.

Table 4-56 Indicator on a fan module

Indicator Status and Description

Fan module Running/ ● Steady green: The fan module is working

Alarm indicator correctly.
● Steady red: The fan module is faulty.
● Off: The fan module is powered off.

4.12.3 Indicator Introduction

After a disk enclosure is powered on, you can check the current operating status of
the disk enclosure by viewing its indicators.

Indicators on the Front Panel

Figure 4-148 shows the indicators on the front panel of a high-density disk
enclosure.

Figure 4-148 Indicators on the front panel of a high-density disk enclosure

Table 4-57 describes the indicators on the front panel of a high-density disk
enclosure.

Table 4-57 Description of the indicators on the front panel of a high-density disk
enclosure

Module Indicator Status and Description

System Location ● Blinking blue: The high-density disk

subrack indicator enclosure has been located.
● Off: The high-density disk enclosure is not
located.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 145

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Alarm indicator ● Steady red: An alarm is generated in the

high-density disk enclosure.
● Off: The high-density disk enclosure is
running correctly.

Power indicator ● Steady green: The high-density disk

enclosure is powered on.
● Off: The high-density disk enclosure is not
powered on.

Overtemperature ● Steady red: The temperature of the high-

Alarm indicator density disk enclosure is too high.
● Off: The temperature of the high-density
disk enclosure is within the normal range.

Internal module ● Steady red: Internal disk modules of the

Alarm indicator high-density disk enclosure are faulty.
● Off: Internal disk modules are running
correctly.

Rear module ● Steady red: The number of rear field

Alarm indicator replaceable units (FRUs) is fewer than half
of that in standard configuration or rear
FRUs are faulty.
NOTE
Modules on the rear of the high-density disk
enclosure include power modules, fan modules, and
expansion modules.
● Off: Rear FRUs are running correctly.

Indicators on the Rear Panel

Figure 4-149 shows the indicators on the rear panel of a high-density disk
enclosure.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 146

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-149 Indicators on the rear panel of a high-density disk enclosure

Table 4-58 describes the indicators on the rear panel of a high-density disk
enclosure.

Table 4-58 Description of the indicators on the rear panel of a high-density disk
enclosure

Module Indicator Status and Description

Power Running/Alarm indicator of ● Steady green: The power module

module the power module is working correctly.
● Off: The power module is
powered off, or the undervoltage,
overvoltage, overtemperature,
overcurrent, fan fault, or short-
circuit occurs.

Expansion Indicator of the mini SAS HD ● Steady blue: The link is up and
module expansion port the data transfer rate is 4 x 12
Gbit/s.
● Steady green: The link is up and
the data transfer rate is 4 x 6
Gbit/s.
● Steady red: The expansion port is
faulty.
● Off: The link is down.

Fan Fan module Running/Alarm ● Steady green: The fan module is

module indicator running correctly.
● Steady red: The fan module is
faulty.
● Off: The fan module is not
powered on.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 147

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Module Indicator Status and Description

Expansion Expansion module Alarm ● Steady red: An alarm is

module indicator generated on the expansion
module.
● Off: The expansion module is
running correctly.

Expansion module Power ● Steady green: The expansion

indicator module is running correctly.
● Off: The expansion module is not
powered on.

4.13 Coffer Disk

The storage system has two kinds of coffer disks: built-in coffer disk and external
coffer disk. Coffer disks are used to store three types of data: cache data requiring
power failure protection, OceanStor OS system data, and system configuration
information and logs.

Built-in Coffer Disk

Each controller houses one or more disks as coffer disks. Table 4-59 describes
capacity partitions of the built-in coffer disks.

Table 4-59 Capacity partitions of built-in coffer disks

Built- 5300 V5 5500 5600 5800 6800 Description
in V5 V5 V5 V5
Coffe
r Disk

Size 1 x 64 GB M.2 1 x 240 GB M.2 SATA 2x -

SATA 480
GB M.
2
SATA

Cache 9.5 GB 21 GB 32 GB Stores the

dirty cache dirty
data data that has
partiti not been
on written into a
disk when the
storage system
is powered off.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 148

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Built- 5300 V5 5500 5600 5800 6800 Description

in V5 V5 V5 V5
Coffe
r Disk

OS 32 GB Stores the
syste OceanStor OS
m system data.
partiti
on

Cluste 3 GB 6 GB Stores the user

r configuration
Confi information
gurati (such as
on remote
Datab replication,
ase HyperMetro,
(CCD and NAS data).
B)
partiti
on

LogZo 2 GB 4 GB Stores system

ne logs and run
partiti logs when the
on storage system
is powered off
and write
through is
enabled.

DB 1 GB Stores the user

partiti configuration
on information
(such as
information
about the LUN
capacity, ID,
WWN, Fibre
Channel ports,
and iSCSI
ports).

External Coffer Disk

The first four disks in the storage system are configured as coffer disks. SAS, NL-
SAS, and SSD disks can be used as coffer disks. The type of the four coffer disks
must be the same.
Appearance

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 149

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-150, Figure 4-151, and Figure 4-152 show the appearances of coffer
disks.

Figure 4-150 2.5-inch coffer disk

Figure 4-151 3.5-inch coffer disk

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 150

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-152 Palm-sized NVMe SSD as a coffer disk

Positions
● If a storage system employs the disk and controller integration architecture,
the first four disks in the storage system are configured as coffer disks. Figure
4-153 uses a 2 U controller enclosure with 25 disk slots as an example.

Figure 4-153 Positions of external coffer disks in the disk and controller
integration architecture

0 1 2 3

● If a storage system employs the disk and controller separation architecture,

the first four disks in the first disk enclosure are planned as coffer disks.
Figure 4-154 uses a 2 U disk enclosure with 25 disk slots as an example.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 151

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-154 Positions of external coffer disks in the disk and controller
separation architecture

0 1 2 3

Capacity partitions

● For the disk and controller integration device, the first four disks each spares 6
GB of space to form a RAID 1 group. The rest of the coffer disk space can be
used to store service data. Table 4-60 describes capacity partitions of external
coffer disks.

Table 4-60 Capacity partitions of external coffer disks

Partition Name Partition Size Description

CCDB partition 3 GB Stores the user configuration

information (such as remote
replication, HyperMetro, and NAS
data). The four coffer disks are
mirrors of each other for redundancy.

LogZone 2 GB Stores system logs and run logs

partition when the storage system is powered
off and write through is enabled. The
four coffer disks are mirrors of each
other for redundancy.

DB partition 1 GB Stores the user configuration

information (such as information
about the LUN capacity, ID, WWN,
Fibre Channel ports, and iSCSI ports).
The four coffer disks are mirrors of
each other for redundancy.

● For the disk and controller separation device, the first four disks each spares 7
GB of space to form a RAID 1 group. The rest of the coffer disk space can be
used to store service data. Table 4-60 describes capacity partitions of external
coffer disks.

Table 4-61 Capacity partitions of external coffer disks

Partition Name Partition Size Description

CCDB partition 2 GB Stores the user configuration

information (such as remote
replication, HyperMetro, and NAS
data). The four coffer disks are
mirrors of each other for redundancy.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 152

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Partition Name Partition Size Description

LogZone 4 GB Stores system logs and run logs

partition when the storage system is powered
off and write through is enabled. The
four coffer disks are mirrors of each
other for redundancy.

DB partition 1 GB Stores the user configuration

information (such as information
about the LUN capacity, ID, WWN,
Fibre Channel ports, and iSCSI ports).
The four coffer disks are mirrors of
each other for redundancy.

4.14 (Optional) Quorum Server

This section describes Huawei quorum server: TaiShan 200 (2280 balanced model).

NOTE

When HyperMetro is used, the storage systems can also connect to third-party quorum
servers. For the compatibility requirements on third-party quorum servers, see Huawei
Storage Interoperability Navigator.

For HyperMetro, if the heartbeats between two storage arrays are interrupted, the
quorum server decides which storage array continues providing services, thereby
greatly improving host service continuity.

Front Panel Components

Figure 4-155 shows the components on the front panel of a server with 12 x 3.5-
inch disks.

Figure 4-155 Components on the front panel of a server with 12 x 3.5-inch disks

1 Disk 2 VGA port

3 USB 3.0 port 4 Label plate with an SN label

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 153

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-62 Description of ports on the front panel

Port Type Description

USB port USB 3.0 The USB ports allow USB devices to be
connected to the server.
NOTE
Before connecting an external USB device, check
that the USB device functions properly. A server
may operate abnormally if an abnormal USB
device is connected.

VGA port DB15 The VGA port is connected to a terminal,

such as a monitor or KVM.

Front Panel Indicators and Buttons

Figure 4-156 shows the indicators and buttons on the front panel of a server with
12 x 3.5-inch disks.

Figure 4-156 Indicators and buttons on the front panel of a server with 12 x 3.5-
inch disks

1 UID button/indicator 2 Health indicator

3 Power button/indicator 4 Fault diagnosis LED

5 FlexIO presence - -
indicators (1 and 2)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 154

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-63 Indicators and buttons on the front panel

No. Type Description

1 UID button/indicator The UID button/indicator helps identify and

locate a device.
UID indicator:
● Off: The device is not being located.
● Blinking blue: The device has been
located and is differentiated from other
devices that have also been located.
● Steady blue: The device is being located.
UID button:
● You can turn on or off the UID indicator
by pressing the UID button on the panel
or by using the iBMC CLI or WebUI.
● You can press this button to turn on or off
the UID indicator.
● You can press and hold down this button
for 4 to 6 seconds to reset the iBMC.

2 Health indicator ● Steady green: The server is operating

properly.
● Blinking red at 1 Hz: A major alarm is
generated.
● Blinking red at 5 Hz: A critical alarm is
generated.

3 Power button/ Power indicator:

indicator ● Steady yellow: The server is in the
standby state.
● Steady green: The server is properly
powered on.
● Blinking yellow: The iBMC is starting.
● Off: The server is not connected to a
power source.
Power button:
● When the server is powered on, you can
press this button to shut down the OS.
● When the server is powered on, you can
hold down this button for 6 seconds to
forcibly power off the server.
● When the server is ready to power on,
you can press this button to start the
server.

4 Fault diagnosis LED ● ---: The server is operating normally.

● Error code: A server component is faulty.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 155

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

No. Type Description

5 FlexIO presence ● 1 and 2: The numbers 1 and 2 respectively

indicators (1 and 2) represent the FlexIOs 1 and 2.
● Steady green: The FlexIO is properly
connected.
● Off: The FlexIO is faulty or not in use.

Rear Panel Components

Figure 4-157 shows the components on the rear panel of the 2280.

Figure 4-157 Rear panel components

1 I/O module 1 2 I/O module 2

3 I/O module 3 4 PSU socket

5 Power supply unit (PSU) 6 FlexIO 2

7 USB 3.0 port 8 VGA port

9 Serial port 10 Management network port

11 FlexIO 1 - -

NOTE

● I/O modules 1, 2 and 3 can be disk modules or riser modules. The preceding figure is for
reference only.
● FlexIO 1 or 2 can be a NIC with four GE electrical ports.
● FlexIO 1 or 2 is not hot-swappable. If you need to replace it, power off the server.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 156

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Table 4-64 Ports on the rear panel

Port Type Qua Description
ntity

VGA port DB15 1 The VGA port is connected to a terminal,

such as a monitor or KVM.

USB port USB 3.0 2 The USB ports allow USB devices to be
connected to the server.
NOTE
Before connecting an external USB device, check
that the USB device functions properly. A server
may operate abnormally if an abnormal USB
device is connected.

Management RJ45 1 This 1000 Mbit/s Ethernet port is used for

network port server management.

Serial port RJ45 1 The serial port is used as the system serial
port by default. You can set it as the iBMC
serial port by using the iBMC CLI. This port is
used for debugging.

GE electrical RJ45 4/8 The mainboard CPU can provide GE electrical

port ports. A maximum of eight GE electrical ports
can be provided through the two FlexIOs.

PSU socket - 2 Determine the number of PSUs based on

actual requirements, but ensure that the
rated power of the PSUs is greater than that
of the server. When one PSU is used,
Predicted PSU Status cannot be set to
Active/Standby on the iBMC WebUI.

Rear Panel Indicators

Figure 4-158 shows the indicators on the rear panel of the 2280.

Figure 4-158 Rear panel indicators

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 157

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

1 PSU indicator 2 GE electrical port link

status indicator

3 GE electrical port data 4 UID indicator

transmission status indicator

5 Management network port 6 Management network port

link status indicator data transmission status
indicator

Table 4-65 Indicators on the rear panel

No. Indicator Status

1 PSU indicator ● Steady green: The power input and output are
normal.
● Steady orange: The input is normal, but no
power output is supplied due to overheat
protection, overcurrent protection, short circuit
protection, output overvoltage protection, or
some component failures.
● Blinking green at 1 Hz:
– The input is normal, the server is standby.
– The input is overvoltage or undervoltage.
● Blinking green at 4 Hz: under online PSU
firmware upgrade.
● Off: No AC power is supplied.

2 GE electrical port ● Steady green: The network is properly

link status indicator connected.
● Off: The network is not connected.

3 GE electrical port ● Blinking yellow: Data is being transmitted.

data transmission ● Off: No data is being transmitted.
status indicator

4 UID indicator The UID indicator helps identify and locate a

device.
● Off: The device is not being located.
● Blinking blue: The device has been located
and is differentiated from other devices that
have also been located.
● Steady blue: The device is being located.
NOTE
You can turn on or off the UID indicator by pressing
the UID button or remotely running a command on the
iBMC CLI.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 158

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

No. Indicator Status

5 Management ● Steady green: The network is properly

network port link connected.
status indicator ● Off: The network is not connected.

6 Management ● Blinking yellow: Data is being transmitted.

network port data ● Off: No data is being transmitted.
transmission status
indicator

NOTE

For details about the components of the 2280 balanced model of the TaiShan 200 server,
see the TaiShan 200 Server User Guide (Model 2280).

4.15 Device Cables

Device cables used in the storage system include power cables, ground cables, and
signal cables. This section displays their appearances and describes the functions
and specifications of various cables.

4.15.1 Power Cables

Power cables supply power to devices in a cabinet. One end of a power cable is
connected to the power socket of the storage system, and the other end to an
external power supply.

DC Power
Each DC power module is equipped with two DC power cables. Figure 4-159
shows the appearance of DC power cables.

Figure 4-159 DC power cable

NOTE

Connect the black cable to the positive pole of the battery (+) and the blue cable to the
negative pole (-).

AC Power
Each AC power module is equipped with one AC power cable. Figure 4-160 shows
the appearance of an AC power cable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 159

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-160 AC power cable

PDU Power Cable

If a cabinet is equipped with PDUs, use PDU power cables to supply power to
devices in the cabinet. Figure 4-161 shows the appearance of a PDU power cable.

Figure 4-161 PDU power cable

4.15.2 Ground Cables

Ground cables are used for device grounding to improve the security when you
perform operations on a storage device.

Appearance
Figure 4-162 shows the appearance of a ground cable.

Figure 4-162 Ground cable

4.15.3 Network Cables

The storage system uses network cables for its management network ports,
service network ports, and other ports to connect to other devices or application
servers for communication.

Appearance
The storage system communicates with the external network using network
cables. One end of the network cable connects to the management network port,

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 160

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

service network port, or other maintenance network port of the storage system,
and the other end connects to the network switch, application server, or other
devices.
Figure 4-163 shows the appearance of a network cable.

NOTE

GE electrical ports employ CAT5 network cables or CAT6A shielded network cables.

Figure 4-163 Network cable

4.15.4 Serial Cables

Serial cables are used to connect the serial ports of the storage system to other
devices.

Appearance
A serial cable connects the serial port of the storage system to the port of the
maintenance terminal.
One end of a serial cable is the RJ-45 port used to connect to the serial port of a
storage system. The other end is a DB-9 port used to connect to the port of the
maintenance terminal.
Figure 4-164 shows the appearance of a serial cable.

Figure 4-164 Serial cable

Structure
Figure 4-165 shows the structure of a serial cable.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 161

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-165 Structure of a serial cable

Pin Assignments
Table 4-66 describes the pin assignments of a serial cable.

Table 4-66 Pin assignments of a serial cable

X1 (DB9) X2 (RJ45) Signal

8 1 CTS (Clear to Send)

6 2 DSR (Data Set Ready)

2 3 RXD (Receive Data)

5 4 GND

5 5 GND

3 6 TXD (Transmit Data)

4 7 DTR (Data Terminal

Ready)

7 8 RTS (Request to Send)

4.15.5 Mini SAS HD Cables

Mini SAS HD cables are used to connect expansion ports. Mini SAS HD cables are
divided into mini SAS HD electrical cables and mini SAS HD optical cables.

NOTE

● For the lengths of the mini SAS HD electrical and optical cables, see the "Hardware
Specifications".
● For OceanStor 5300 V5, use mini SAS HD electrical cables to connect controller
enclosures to disk enclosures. It is recommended that a controller enclosure and its
connected disk enclosure be installed in the same cabinet.
● The mini SAS HD optical cables can be used to connect devices over distance, for
example, cross-cabinet connections.
● The optical connector of a mini SAS HD optical cable has a built-in O/E conversion
module and provides electrical ports.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 162

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.15.5.1 Mini SAS HD Electrical Cables

Mini SAS HD electrical cables are used to connect a controller enclosure to a disk
enclosure or connect two disk enclosures.
Figure 4-166 shows the appearance of a mini SAS HD electrical cable.

Figure 4-166 Mini SAS HD electrical cable

4.15.5.2 Mini SAS HD Optical Cables

Mini SAS HD optical cables are used to connect a controller enclosure to a
standard disk enclosure or connect two standard disk enclosures.
Figure 4-167 shows the appearance of a mini SAS HD optical cable.

NOTE

The interface of a mini SAS HD optical cable is inconsistent with that of an optical fiber.
Bind the mini SAS HD optical cable according to the cable binding method. For details
about how to bind the mini SAS HD optical cable, see section "Cable Routing and Binding
Basics" in Installation Guide.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 163

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

Figure 4-167 Mini SAS HD optical cable

4.15.6 Optical Fibers

The storage system communicates with Fibre Channel switches through optical
fibers. One end of the optical fiber connects to the Fibre Channel host bus adapter
(HBA), and the other end connects to the Fibre Channel switch or the application
server. The two ends of the optical fiber are LC connectors.

Figure 4-168 shows the appearance of optical fibers.

NOTE

● Huawei provides orange OM1 optical fibers and blue OM3 and OM4 optical fibers.
● Huawei provides no longer than 10 m OM1 optical fibers.
● When connecting cables, select proper cables according to site requirements and label
information.
● For details about how to bind the cables, see section "Cable Routing and Bundling
Basics" in Installation Guide.

Figure 4-168 Optical fibers

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 164

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 4 Hardware Architecture

4.15.7 100G QSFP28 Cables

100G QSFP28 cables are used to connect smart disk enclosures.
Figure 4-169 shows the appearance of a 100G QSFP28 cable.

Figure 4-169 QSFP28 cable

4.15.8 25G SFP28 Cables

25G SFP28 cables are used for direct connections between controller enclosures or
front-end host connections.
Figure 4-170 shows the appearance of a 25G SFP28 cable.

Figure 4-170 SFP28 cable

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 165

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 5 Software Architecture

5 Software Architecture

Storage system software manages storage devices and the data stored on them,
and assists application servers in data operations.
The software suite of the storage system consists of software running on a storage
system, software running on a maintenance terminal, and software running on an
application server. These three types of software work jointly to deliver storage,
backup, and disaster recovery services in a smart, efficient, and cost-effective
manner.
Figure 5-1 shows the storage system software architecture.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 166

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 5 Software Architecture

Figure 5-1 Storage system software architecture

Software running on a Software running on an
maintenance terminal application server (SAN)

SmartKit OceanStor
BCManager eReplication
OceanStor
eService UItraPath

OceanStor
SystemReporter eSDK OceanStor

Operating system layer of a Operating system layer of a SAN

management host host

Management
Software running on Fibre Channel/
network port/
iSCSI channel
serial port a storage system
Management function control software
OceanStor DeviceManager SNMP CLI Syslog

Basic function control Value-added function control software

software
HyperSnap HyperReplication HyperCopy
Cache SPool
HyperClone Consistency group SmartQoS
SCSI SRAID
SmartMotion SmartPartition SmartThin

Quota
File SmartMigration SmartVirtualization SmartErase
manage
protocol
ment
SmartMulti-Tenant HyperMirror HyperVault
Volume management
module of file systems SmartDedupe&
HyperLock HyperMetro
SmartCompression

Operating system layer of a storage system

Table 5-1 describes the software running on a storage system. The dedicated
operating system OceanStor OS manages storage system hardware and supports
the running of storage service software. The basic function control software
provides basic data storage and access functions. The value-added function control
software provides advanced functions such as backup, disaster recovery, and
performance tuning. The management function control software provides the
management utilities to the storage system.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 167

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 5 Software Architecture

Table 5-1 Description of software running on a storage system

Software Set Software Function

Storage system - Manages storage system hardware and

operating system supports the running of storage service
software.

Management DeviceManager DeviceManager is an integrated storage

function control management platform developed by
software Huawei. DeviceManager provides easy
configuration, management, and
maintenance of storage devices.

SNMPab The storage system can be connected

to third-party management software
using the SNMP protocol. In addition,
the storage system provides the
functions supported by the third-party
management software using the MIB
interface. A variety of network
management software supports SNMP.
Users can choose the software based
on their requirements.

CLIc The storage system supports CLI-based

management and configuration. Users
can use a third-party terminal software
to log in to the storage system through
its serial port or management network
port (over SSH), and manage the
storage system on the CLI.

Syslog The storage system can send alarm

information to a third party. Syslog
software is used to receive and save the
information. Among various third-party
Syslog software, users can choose one
based on site requirements.

Basic function SCSI software Manages the status of SCSI commands,

control software module and dispatches, resolves, and processes
SCSI commands.

Cache software Converts a high-speed and small-

module capacity memory to a buffer of low-
speed and large-capacity disks for
tiered storage and improved system
performance.
Its major functions include data
caching, delayed writes, and prefetch.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 168

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 5 Software Architecture

Software Set Software Function

SRAID software Uses data stripping and redundancy to

module provide high performance, large
capacity, and high reliability for data
storage.
A wide range of RAID levels are
provided for diversified data reliability
and access performance.

SPool software Logically combines disks from different

module disk enclosures into a disk domain, in
which storage pools are created to
provide storage resources for services.

File protocol Provides file system sharing and backup

module functions. It supports CIFS and NFS file
sharing protocols.

Quota Provides quota management for file

management system sharing. A shared file system
module allows you to specify the maximum
storage capacity available to a specific
directory.

Volume Implements virtualized management

management based on volumes.
module of file
system

Value-added SmartVirtualiza- Provides the SmartVirtualization

function control tion software function. SmartVirtualization enables a
software module local storage system to centrally
manage storage resources of
heterogeneous storage systems,
simplifying storage system
management and reducing
maintenance costs.

SmartErase Provides the SmartErase function.

software module SmartErase erases unnecessary data on
a specified LUN several times so that
the data on the LUN cannot be
recovered in case of leakage.

SmartMulti- Provides the SmartMulti-Tenant

Tenant software function. SmartMulti-Tenant enables a
module storage system to provide different
tenants with shared storage resources
and to separate tenant access and
management.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 169

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 5 Software Architecture

Software Set Software Function

SmartCache Provides SmartCache function, which

software module uses SSDs as cache resources to
significantly promote system read
performance when random, small I/Os
with hot data require more read
operations than write operations.

SmartQoS Provides the SmartQoS function.

software module SmartQoS controls the storage
performance of LUNs or file systems,
and prioritizes the quality of service
(QoS) of critical applications.

SmartMotion Provides the SmartMotion function.

software module Based on the analysis on service status,
SmartMotion dynamically balances
capacity and performance by evenly
distributing data across storage media
of the same type.

HyperLock Implements WORM to set critical data

software module to read-only state, preventing
unauthorized data change and deletion
during a specified period of time.

SmartPartition Provides the SmartPartition function.

software module SmartPartition allocates the cache
resources from storage system engines
on demand to improve QoS for
mission-critical applications and high-
level users.

SmartDedupe&S Provides deduplication and

martCompression compression. The deduplication
software module function is used to analyze and delete
duplicate data in a storage system. The
compression function is used to
minimize space occupied by data.

HyperMetro Provides the HyperMetro function of

software module SAN and NAS. HyperMetro enables
real-time data synchronization and
access between two storage systems,
improving resource utilization. When
data access fails, HyperMetro
implements seamless service
switchover, ensuring data security and
service continuity.

HyperVault Provides the HyperVault function.

software module HyperVault enables storage systems to
protect their data.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 170

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 5 Software Architecture

Software Set Software Function

SmartThin Provides the SmartThin function.

software module SmartThin achieves the on-demand
space allocation. It allocates free
storage space in quota to application
servers only as needed, increasing the
storage space usage.

SmartTier Provides the SmartTier function.

software module SmartTier periodically detects hotspot
data per unit time, and promotes them
from low-speed storage media to high-
speed one, boosting the system
performance at an affordable cost.

SmartMigration Provides the SmartMigration function.

software module SmartMigration migrates services on a
source LUN transparently to a target
LUN without interrupting host services.
After the migration, the target LUN can
replace the source LUN to carry the
services.

HyperMirror Provides the HyperMirror function.

software module HyperMirror backs up data in real time.
If the source data becomes unavailable,
applications can automatically use the
data copy, ensuring data security and
application continuity.

HyperSnap Provides the snapshot function.

software module Snapshot does not provide a complete
physical duplicate but only an image of
the source data, and locates the image
through a mapping table.

HyperReplication Provides the remote replication

software module function. Remote replication creates an
available data duplicate almost in real
time on a storage system that resides in
a different region from the local
storage system. The duplicate can be
used immediately without data
recovery, protecting service continuity
and data availability to the maximum.

HyperCopy Provides the LUN copy function.

software module HyperCopy copies the source LUN data
onto the target LUN, addressing the
requirements of applications such as
tiered storage, application upgrade, and
remote backup.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 171

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 5 Software Architecture

Software Set Software Function

HyperClone Provides the clone function. Clone

software module generates a full data copy of the source
data in the local storage system.

Consistency Provides the consistency group

group software function. A consistency group manages
module remote replication tasks in batches. Any
operation to the consistency group is
also applied to the remote replication
tasks in the group, ensuring data
consistency throughout those remote
replication tasks.

a: Simple Network Management Protocol

b: The supported character encoding is UTF-8.
c: command-line interface

Table 5-2 describes the software running on a maintenance terminal.

Maintenance terminal software configures and maintains the storage system. The
software includes SmartKit, OceanStor SystemReporter, and OceanStor eService.

Table 5-2 Description of software running on a maintenance terminal

Software Function

SmartKit Helps service engineers and O&M engineers deploy,

maintain, and upgrade devices.

eService A piece of remote maintenance and management software

used for device monitoring, alarm reporting, and device
inspection.

OceanStor A dedicated performance and capacity report analysis tool

SystemReporter for the storage system.

Table 5-3 describes the software running on an application server. On a SAN

network, software running on an application server enables the application server
to communicate and cooperate with the storage system. This software category
includes BCManager eReplication, UltraPath, and eSDK OceanStor.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 172

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 5 Software Architecture

Table 5-3 Description of software running on an application server (SAN)

Software Function

BCManager Provides data protection and disaster recovery for

eReplication application servers based on the related storage system
value-added features (HyperReplication/S,
HyperReplication/A, HyperSnap, HyperCopy, HyperClone,
HyperMetro, and HyperVault). It centrally manages the
requirements for data protection and disaster recovery
between the storage system and application servers.

UltraPath A storage system driver program installed on application

servers. When multiple data channels are set up between
an application server and a storage system, the UltraPath
selects an optimal channel for the application server to
access the storage system. Therefore, UltraPath is an easy
and efficient path management solution for proven data
transmission reliability and high path security.

eSDK OceanStor A Huawei-developed integration platform for storage

devices. It has open capabilities and provides standard
interfaces and preinstalled plug-ins. The plug-ins and
providers of eSDK OceanStor enable the storage system
to interconnect with vCenter and System Center so that
customers can use their existing network management
systems to manage Huawei's storage devices.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 173

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

6 Product Specifications

About This Chapter

This chapter describes the hardware specifications and software specifications of
the storage system.
6.1 Hardware Specifications
6.2 Software Specifications

6.1 Hardware Specifications

6.1.1 Hardware Specifications (5300 V5)

Hardware specifications cover the hardware configuration, port specifications, disk
specifications, dimensions, weight, electrical specifications, and reliability
specifications.
Table 6-1 describes the hardware specification categories to help you quickly find
out the specification information you need.

Table 6-1 Description of hardware specification categories

Category Description

Hardware Describes the configuration of major hardware components,

Configuration such as processors, memory capacity, hard disks, and ports.

Port Describes the port specifications, such as the maximum

Specifications number of ports provided by each type of interface module
and the maximum number of interface modules supported by
each controller.

Disk Describes the dimensions, rotational speed, capacity, and

Specifications weight of each type of disks.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 174

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Category Description

Dimensions Describes the dimensions and weight of controller enclosures

and Weight and disk enclosures.
(Unpackaged)

Electrical Describes the electrical specifications of controller enclosures

Specifications and disk enclosures.

Reliability Describes the reliability specifications of the storage system.

Specifications

Hardware Configuration
Item 5300 V5

Processors per controller 24-core processor

Cache size per controller ● 64 GB

● 128 GB

Maximum number of 2
controllers per enclosure

Maximum number of 4
controllers (direct-connection
network)

Maximum number of 16*

controllers (switch-connection
network)

Maximum number of disks 1200

(for a storage system)

Maximum number of disks 1200

(for a single controller
enclosure)

Controller enclosure ● 2 U controller enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

configuration disk slots
● 2 U controller enclosure with 12 x 3.5-inch
disk slots

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 175

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5300 V5

Supported disk enclosure ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

types disk slots
● 4 U SAS disk enclosure with 24 x 3.5-inch
disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 12 x 3.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure with 36 x
palm-sized NVMe SSDs

Maximum number of disk ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure: 48

enclosures ● 4 U SAS disk enclosure: 48
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure (with 12 or 25
disk slots): 16
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure: 16

Maximum number of disk V500R007C60:

enclosures connected to back- ● A maximum of eight SAS disk enclosures
end channels (ports) can be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two
are recommended.
● A maximum of two smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.
V500R007C70 and later versions:
● A maximum of eight SAS disk enclosures
can be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two
are recommended.
● A maximum of four smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.

Supported disk types SSD, SAS, NL-SAS, and palm-sized NVMe SSD

Supported hot-swappable ● 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel

interface modules ● 16 Git/s Fibre Channel
● 32 Git/s Fibre Channel
● GE
● 10GE
● 25GE
● 40GE
● 100GE

Supported hot-swappable ● 12 Gbit/s SAS

expansion modules ● 100 Gbit/s RDMA

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 176

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5300 V5

Maximum number of hot- 3

swappable I/O interface
modules per controller

Onboard I/O ports per ● Maintenance network ports: 2 x GE ports

controller ● Serial port: 1 port
● Front-end ports: 4 x 10GE and 4 x GE ports
● Ports for disk connection: 2 x 4 x 12 Gbit/s
SAS ports

Length of SAS expansion Controller enclosure

cables ● Electrical cables: 1 m, 2 m, and 3 m
Standard disk enclosure
● Electrical cables: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, and 5 m
● Optical cables: 15 m

Length of RDMA expansion ● Electrical cables: 1 m and 2 m

cables ● Optical cables: 10 m

Type and length of scale-out Optical cables: 10 m

cables

Type and length of front-end DLC to DLC multi-mode (8, 10, 16, 25, or 32
cables Gbit/s): 3 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
MPO to MPO multi-mode (40 or 100 Gbit/s): 3
m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
LC to LC single-mode (16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel
or 10GE): 10 km (Optical modules are provided
while optical fibers must be prepared by
customers.)

Redundancy of main ● BBU: 1 (per controller)

components ● Power modules: 1+1
● Fans: 3+1 (per controller)

*: If you require the specifications marked by *, contact Huawei sales personnel.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 177

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Port Specifications
Maximum Number of Ports 5300 V5
per Interface Module

SmartIO interface module Used for front-end access, each with four optical
ports.
The port type can be 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10
Gbit/s ETH, or 25 Gbit/s ETH (cannot be
negotiated to GE).

GE electrical interface Front-end module, each with four 1 Gbit/s ETH

module electrical ports

40GE/100GE interface Front-end module, each with two 40 Gbit/s or

module 100 Gbit/s ETH optical ports

25 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the direct connection between

module controller enclosures. Each module has four 25
Gbit/s RoCE optical ports.

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the switch-based connection between
module (SO) controller enclosures. Each module has two 100
Gbit/s RoCE optical ports.

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the back-end connection to smart disk
module (BE) enclosures. Each module has two 100 Gbit/s
RDMA optical ports.

12 Gbit/s SAS expansion Back-end module, each with four ports

module

Maximum Number of Ports per 5300 V5

Controller

8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 12

16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 12

32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 12

GE port 16

10GE port 16

40GE port 6

100GE port 6

25GE port 12

12 Gbit/s SAS expansion port 6

100 Gbit/s RDMA port 6

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 178

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Specifications
Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity
s nal
Speed

SAS 2.5-inch 10,000 0.25 kg ● 600 GB

rpm ● 1.2 TB
● 1.8 TB
● 2.4 TB

NL-SAS 3.5-inch 7200 0.725 kg ● 4 TB

rpm ● 6 TB
● 8 TB
● 10 TB
● 14 TB

SSD 2.5-inch - 0.25 kg ● 960 GB

● 1.92 TB
● 3.84 TBb
● 7.68 TBb
● 15.36 TB

3.5-inch 0.35 kg ● 960 GB

● 3.84 TB

Palm-sized 0.25 kg ● 1.92 TBc

NVMe SSD ● 3.84 TB
NOTE
160 mm x ● 7.68 TB
79.8 mm x
9.5 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 179

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity

s nal
Speed

a: Restricted by the storage principles, SSDs and mechanical disks such as NL-
SAS and SAS disks cannot be preserved for a long term while they are powered
off.
● When SSDs are powered off and the ambient temperature is lower than
40ºC, the maximum preservation time for SSDs that carry no data is 12
months, and that for SSDs carrying data is 3 months. If the maximum
preservation time is exceeded, data loss or SSD failure may occur.
● When the wet-bulb temperature is lower than 30ºC, packed mechanical disks
and unpacked mechanical disks that are powered off can be preserved for a
maximum of six months. If the maximum preservation time is exceeded, data
loss or disk failure may occur. The maximum preservation time is determined
based on the disk preservation specifications provided by the mechanical disk
vendor. For details about the specifications, see the manual provided by the
vendor.
b: Self-encrypting drives (SEDs) are supported (not sold in the Chinese
mainland).
c: V500R007C70 and later versions.

Dimensions and Weight (Unpackaged)

Module Parameter 5300 V5

Controller enclosure Dimensions 2 U controller enclosure with 25

x 2.5-inch disk slots
● Depth: 520 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm
2 U controller enclosure with 12
x 3.5-inch disk slots
● Depth: 600 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 2 U controller enclosure with 25

disks) x 2.5-inch disk slots: 23.75 kg
2 U controller enclosure with 12
x 3.5-inch disk slots: 24.1 kg

2 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 410 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 180

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Module Parameter 5300 V5

Weight (without 13.4 kg

disks)

4 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 488 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 175 mm

Weight (without 23.95 kg

disks)

2 U smart SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 520 mm

enclosure with 25 x ● Width: 447 mm
2.5-inch disk slots
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 22.45 kg

disks)

2 U smart SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 600 mm

enclosure with 12 x ● Width: 447 mm
3.5-inch disk slots
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 22.8 kg

disks)

2 U smart NVMe disk Dimensions ● Depth: 620 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 24.95 kg

disks)

Cabinet Depth 1000 mm

(recommended)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 181

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Electrical Specifications
Item 5300 V5

Power consumption Controller enclosure 2 U controller enclosure with

25 x 2.5-inch disk slots:
● Max: 783 W
● Typical: 562 W
● Min: 528 W
2 U controller enclosure with
12 x 3.5-inch disk slots:
● Max: 768 W
● Typical: 550 W
● Min: 502 W

2 U SAS disk enclosure ● Max: 323 W

● Typical: 209 W
● Min: 138 W

4 U SAS disk enclosure ● Max: 582 W

● Typical: 406 W
● Min: 354 W

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 640 W

enclosure with 25 x ● Typical: 436 W
2.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 402 W

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 630 W

enclosure with 12 x ● Typical: 414 W
3.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 373 W

2 U smart NVMe SAS ● Max: 879 W

disk enclosure ● Typical: 582 W
● Min: 512 W

Power voltage and Controller enclosure ● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC

rated current ±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● DC: -48 V to -60 V, DC
±20%, and 32 A
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 182

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5300 V5

Disk enclosure Smart SAS disk enclosure and

smart NVMe disk enclosure:
● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC
±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● DC: -48 V to -60 V, DC
±20%, and 32 A
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A
SAS disk enclosure:
● AC: 100 V to 240 V, AC
±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● DC: -48 V to -60 V, DC
±20%, and 18.5 A
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A

AC power input type ● AC: IEC60320-C14

(socket type) ● 240 V high-voltage DC:
IEC60320-C14
● DC: OT-M6

Capacity of each BBU 10 Wh

Reliability Specifications
Item Value

Solution reliability 99.9999%

Mean Time Between 1,000,000 hours

Failures (MTBF)

Mean Time To 2 hours

Repair (MTTR)

6.1.2 Hardware Specifications (5500 V5)

Hardware specifications cover the hardware configuration, port specifications, disk
specifications, dimensions, weight, electrical specifications, and reliability
specifications.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 183

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Table 6-2 describes the hardware specification categories to help you quickly find
out the specification information you need.

Table 6-2 Description of hardware specification categories

Category Description

Hardware Describes the configuration of major hardware components,

Configuration such as processors, memory capacity, hard disks, and ports.

Port Describes the port specifications, such as the maximum

Specifications number of ports provided by each type of interface module
and the maximum number of interface modules supported by
each controller.

Disk Describes the dimensions, rotational speed, capacity, and

Specifications weight of each type of disks.

Dimensions Describes the dimensions and weight of controller enclosures

and Weight and disk enclosures.
(Unpackaged)

Electrical Describes the electrical specifications of controller enclosures

Specifications and disk enclosures.

Reliability Describes the reliability specifications of the storage system.

Specifications

Hardware Configuration
Item 5500 V5

Processors per controller 48-core processor

Cache size per controller ● 192 GB

● 256 GB

Maximum number of 2
controllers per enclosure

Maximum number of 4
controllers (direct-connection
network)

Maximum number of 16*

controllers (switch-connection
network)

Maximum number of disks 1600

(for a storage system)

Maximum number of disks 1600

(for a single controller
enclosure)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 184

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5500 V5

Controller enclosure ● 2 U controller enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

configuration disk slots
● 2 U controller enclosure with 12 x 3.5-inch
disk slots
● 2 U controller enclosure with 36 x palm-
sized NVMe SSDs

Supported disk enclosure ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

types disk slots
● 4 U SAS disk enclosure with 24 x 3.5-inch
disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 12 x 3.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure with 36 x
palm-sized NVMe SSDs

Maximum number of disk ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure: 67

enclosures ● 4 U SAS disk enclosure: 67
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure (with 12 or 25
disk slots): 40
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure: 40

Maximum number of disk V500R007C60:

enclosures connected to back- ● A maximum of eight SAS disk enclosures
end channels (ports) can be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two
are recommended.
● A maximum of two smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.
V500R007C70 and later versions:
● A maximum of eight SAS disk enclosures
can be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two
are recommended.
● A maximum of four smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.

Supported disk types SSD, SAS, NL-SAS, and palm-sized NVMe SSD

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 185

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5500 V5

Supported hot-swappable ● 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel

interface modules ● 16 Git/s Fibre Channel
● 32 Git/s Fibre Channel
● GE
● 10GE
● 25GE
● 40GE
● 100GE

Supported hot-swappable ● 12 Gbit/s SAS

expansion modules ● 100 Gbit/s RDMA

Maximum number of hot- 6

swappable I/O interface
modules per controller

Onboard I/O ports per ● Maintenance network ports: 2 x GE ports

controller ● Serial port: 1 port
● Front-end ports: none
● Ports for disk connection:
– 2 x 4 x 12 Gbit/s SAS ports
– 2 x 2 x 100 Gbit/s ETH ports

Length of SAS expansion ● Electrical cables: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, and 5 m

cables ● Optical cables: 15 m

Length of RDMA expansion ● Electrical cables: 1 m and 2 m

cables ● Optical cables: 10 m

Type and length of scale-out Optical cables: 10 m

cables

Type and length of front-end DLC to DLC multi-mode (8, 10, 16, 25, or 32
cables Gbit/s): 3 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
MPO to MPO multi-mode (40 or 100 Gbit/s): 3
m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
LC to LC single-mode (16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel
or 10GE): 10 km (Optical modules are provided
while optical fibers must be prepared by
customers.)

Redundancy of main ● BBU: 1 (per controller)

components ● Power modules: 1+1
● Fans: 5+1 (per controller)

*: If you require the specifications marked by *, contact Huawei sales personnel.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 186

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Port Specifications
Maximum Number of Ports 5500 V5
per Interface Module

SmartIO interface module Used for front-end access, each with four optical
ports.
The port type can be 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10
Gbit/s ETH, or 25 Gbit/s ETH (cannot be
negotiated to GE).

GE electrical interface Front-end module, each with four 1 Gbit/s ETH

module electrical ports

40GE/100GE interface Front-end module, each with two 40 Gbit/s or

module 100 Gbit/s ETH optical ports

25 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the direct connection between

module controller enclosures. Each module has four 25
Gbit/s RoCE optical ports.

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the switch-based connection between
module (SO) controller enclosures. Each module has two 100
Gbit/s RoCE optical ports.

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the back-end connection to smart disk
module (BE) enclosures. Each module has two 100 Gbit/s
RDMA optical ports.

12 Gbit/s SAS expansion Back-end module, each with four ports

module

Maximum Number of Ports per 5500 V5

Controller

8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 24

16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 24

32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 24

GE port 24

10GE port 24

40GE port 12

100GE port 12

25GE port 24

12 Gbit/s SAS expansion port 14

100 Gbit/s RDMA port 12

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 187

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Specifications
Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity
s nal
Speed

SAS 2.5-inch 10,000 0.25 kg ● 600 GB

rpm ● 1.2 TB
● 1.8 TB
● 2.4 TB

NL-SAS 3.5-inch 7200 0.725 kg ● 4 TB

rpm ● 6 TB
● 8 TB
● 10 TB
● 14 TB

SSD 2.5-inch - 0.25 kg ● 960 GB

● 1.92 TB
● 3.84 TBb
● 7.68 TBb
● 15.36 TB

3.5-inch 0.35 kg ● 960 GB

● 3.84 TB

Palm-sized 0.25 kg ● 1.92 TBc

NVMe SSD ● 3.84 TB
NOTE
160 mm x ● 7.68 TB
79.8 mm x
9.5 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 188

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity

s nal
Speed

a: Restricted by the storage principles, SSDs and mechanical disks such as NL-
SAS and SAS disks cannot be preserved for a long term while they are powered
off.
● When SSDs are powered off and the ambient temperature is lower than
40ºC, the maximum preservation time for SSDs that carry no data is 12
months, and that for SSDs carrying data is 3 months. If the maximum
preservation time is exceeded, data loss or SSD failure may occur.
● When the wet-bulb temperature is lower than 30ºC, packed mechanical disks
and unpacked mechanical disks that are powered off can be preserved for a
maximum of six months. If the maximum preservation time is exceeded, data
loss or disk failure may occur. The maximum preservation time is determined
based on the disk preservation specifications provided by the mechanical disk
vendor. For details about the specifications, see the manual provided by the
vendor.
b: Self-encrypting drives (SEDs) are supported (not sold in the Chinese
mainland).
c: V500R007C70 and later versions.

Dimensions and Weight (Unpackaged)

Module Parameter 5500 V5

Controller Dimensions 2 U controller enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

enclosure disk slots
● Depth: 820 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm
2 U controller enclosure with 12 x 3.5-inch
disk slots
● Depth: 900 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm
2 U NVMe controller enclosure with 36 x
palm-sized NVMe SSDs:
● Depth: 920 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 189

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Module Parameter 5500 V5

Weight 2 U controller enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

(without disks) disk slots: 38.05 kg
2 U controller enclosure with 12 x 3.5-inch
disk slots: 38.5 kg
2 U NVMe controller enclosure with 36 x
palm-sized NVMe SSDs: 42.8 kg

2 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 410 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight 13.4 kg
(without disks)

4 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 488 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 175 mm

Weight 23.95 kg
(without disks)

2 U smart SAS Dimensions ● Depth: 520 mm

disk enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
with 25 x 2.5-
inch disk slots ● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight 22.45 kg
(without disks)

2 U smart SAS Dimensions ● Depth: 600 mm

disk enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
with 12 x 3.5-
inch disk slots ● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight 22.8 kg
(without disks)

2 U smart Dimensions ● Depth: 620 mm

NVMe disk ● Width: 447 mm
enclosure
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight 24.95 kg
(without disks)

Cabinet Depth 1200 mm

(recommended
)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 190

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Electrical Specifications
Item 5500 V5

Power consumption Controller enclosure 2 U controller enclosure with

25 x 2.5-inch disk slots:
● Max: 1410 W
● Typical: 1083 W
● Min: 992 W
2 U controller enclosure with
12 x 3.5-inch disk slots:
● Max: 1368 W
● Typical: 1054 W
● Min: 988 W
2 U controller enclosure with
36 x palm-sized NVMe SSDs:
● Max: 1584 W
● Typical: 1310 W
● Min: 1223 W

2 U SAS disk enclosure ● Max: 323 W

● Typical: 209 W
● Min: 138 W

4 U SAS disk enclosure ● Max: 582 W

● Typical: 406 W
● Min: 354 W

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 640 W

enclosure with 25 x ● Typical: 436 W
2.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 402 W

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 630 W

enclosure with 12 x ● Typical: 414 W
3.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 373 W

2 U smart NVMe disk ● Max: 879 W

enclosure with 36 x ● Typical: 582 W
palm-sized NVMe
SSDs ● Min: 512 W

Power voltage and Controller enclosure ● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC

rated current ±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 191

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5500 V5

Disk enclosure Smart SAS disk enclosure and

smart NVMe disk enclosure:
● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC
±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A
SAS disk enclosure:
● AC: 100 V to 240 V, AC
±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A

AC power input type ● AC: IEC60320-C14

(socket type) ● 240 V high-voltage DC:
IEC60320-C14

Capacity of each BBU 30 Wh

Reliability Specifications
Item Value

Solution reliability 99.9999%

Mean Time Between 1,000,000 hours

Failures (MTBF)

Mean Time To 2 hours

Repair (MTTR)

6.1.3 Hardware Specifications (5600 V5)

Hardware specifications cover the hardware configuration, port specifications, disk
specifications, dimensions, weight, electrical specifications, and reliability
specifications.
Table 6-3 describes the hardware specification categories to help you quickly find
out the specification information you need.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 192

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Table 6-3 Description of hardware specification categories

Category Description

Hardware Describes the configuration of major hardware components,

Configuration such as processors, memory capacity, hard disks, and ports.

Port Describes the port specifications, such as the maximum

Specifications number of ports provided by each type of interface module
and the maximum number of interface modules supported by
each controller.

Disk Describes the dimensions, rotational speed, capacity, and

Specifications weight of each type of disks.

Dimensions Describes the dimensions and weight of controller enclosures

and Weight and disk enclosures.
(Unpackaged)

Electrical Describes the electrical specifications of controller enclosures

Specifications and disk enclosures.

Reliability Describes the reliability specifications of the storage system.

Specifications

Hardware Configuration
Item 5600 V5

Processors per controller 64-core processor

Cache size per controller ● 384 GB

● 512 GB

Maximum number of 2
controllers per enclosure

Maximum number of 4
controllers (direct-connection
network)

Maximum number of 16*

controllers (switch-connection
network)

Maximum number of disks 2000

(for a storage system)

Maximum number of disks 2000

(for a single controller
enclosure)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 193

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5600 V5

Controller enclosure ● 2 U controller enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

configuration disk slots
● 2 U controller enclosure with 12 x 3.5-inch
disk slots
● 2 U controller enclosure with 36 x palm-
sized NVMe SSDs

Supported disk enclosure ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

types disk slots
● 4 U SAS disk enclosure with 24 x 3.5-inch
disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 12 x 3.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure with 36 x
palm-sized NVMe SSDs

Maximum number of disk ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure: 83

enclosures ● 4 U SAS disk enclosure: 83
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure (with 12 or 25
disk slots): 40
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure: 40

Maximum number of disk V500R007C60:

enclosures connected to back- ● A maximum of eight SAS disk enclosures
end channels (ports) can be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two
are recommended.
● A maximum of two smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.
V500R007C70 and later versions:
● A maximum of eight SAS disk enclosures
can be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two
are recommended.
● A maximum of four smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.

Supported disk types SSD, SAS, NL-SAS, and palm-sized NVMe SSD

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 194

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5600 V5

Supported hot-swappable ● 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel

interface modules ● 16 Git/s Fibre Channel
● 32 Git/s Fibre Channel
● GE
● 10GE
● 25GE
● 40GE
● 100GE

Supported hot-swappable ● 12 Gbit/s SAS

expansion modules ● 100 Gbit/s RDMA

Maximum number of hot- 6

swappable I/O interface
modules per controller

Onboard I/O ports per ● Maintenance network ports: 2 x GE ports

controller ● Serial port: 1 port
● Front-end ports: none
● Ports for disk connection:
– 2 x 4 x 12 Gbit/s SAS ports
– 2 x 2 x 100 Gbit/s ETH ports

Length of SAS expansion ● Electrical cables: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, and 5 m

cables ● Optical cables: 15 m

Length of RDMA expansion ● Electrical cables: 1 m and 2 m

cables ● Optical cables: 10 m

Type and length of scale-out Optical cables: 10 m

cables

Type and length of front-end DLC to DLC multi-mode (8, 10, 16, 25, or 32
cables Gbit/s): 3 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
MPO to MPO multi-mode (40 or 100 Gbit/s): 3
m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
LC to LC single-mode (16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel
or 10GE): 10 km (Optical modules are provided
while optical fibers must be prepared by
customers.)

Redundancy of main ● BBU: 1 (per controller)

components ● Power modules: 1+1
● Fans: 5+1 (per controller)

*: If you require the specifications marked by *, contact Huawei sales personnel.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 195

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Port Specifications
Maximum Number of Ports 5600 V5
per Interface Module

SmartIO interface module Used for front-end access, each with four optical
ports.
The port type can be 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10
Gbit/s ETH, or 25 Gbit/s ETH (cannot be
negotiated to GE).

GE electrical interface Front-end module, each with four 1 Gbit/s ETH

module electrical ports

40GE/100GE interface Front-end module, each with two 40 Gbit/s or

module 100 Gbit/s ETH optical ports

25 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the direct connection between

module controller enclosures. Each module has four 25
Gbit/s RoCE optical ports.

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the switch-based connection between
module (SO) controller enclosures. Each module has two 100
Gbit/s RoCE optical ports.

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the back-end connection to smart disk
module (BE) enclosures. Each module has two 100 Gbit/s
RDMA optical ports.

12 Gbit/s SAS expansion Back-end module, each with four ports

module

Maximum Number of Ports per 5600 V5

Controller

8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 24

16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 24

32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 24

GE port 24

10GE port 24

40GE port 12

100GE port 12

25GE port 24

12 Gbit/s SAS expansion port 14

100 Gbit/s RDMA port 12

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 196

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Specifications
Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity
s nal
Speed

SAS 2.5-inch 10,000 0.25 kg ● 600 GB

rpm ● 1.2 TB
● 1.8 TB
● 2.4 TB

NL-SAS 3.5-inch 7200 0.725 kg ● 4 TB

rpm ● 6 TB
● 8 TB
● 10 TB
● 14 TB

SSD 2.5-inch - 0.25 kg ● 960 GB

● 1.92 TB
● 3.84 TBb
● 7.68 TBb
● 15.36 TB

3.5-inch 0.35 kg ● 960 GB

● 3.84 TB

Palm-sized 0.25 kg ● 1.92 TBc

NVMe SSD ● 3.84 TB
NOTE
160 mm x ● 7.68 TB
79.8 mm x
9.5 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 197

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity

s nal
Speed

a: Restricted by the storage principles, SSDs and mechanical disks such as NL-
SAS and SAS disks cannot be preserved for a long term while they are powered
off.
● When SSDs are powered off and the ambient temperature is lower than
40ºC, the maximum preservation time for SSDs that carry no data is 12
months, and that for SSDs carrying data is 3 months. If the maximum
preservation time is exceeded, data loss or SSD failure may occur.
● When the wet-bulb temperature is lower than 30ºC, packed mechanical disks
and unpacked mechanical disks that are powered off can be preserved for a
maximum of six months. If the maximum preservation time is exceeded, data
loss or disk failure may occur. The maximum preservation time is determined
based on the disk preservation specifications provided by the mechanical disk
vendor. For details about the specifications, see the manual provided by the
vendor.
b: Self-encrypting drives (SEDs) are supported (not sold in the Chinese
mainland).
c: V500R007C70 and later versions.

Dimensions and Weight (Unpackaged)

Module Parameter 5600 V5

Controller Dimensions 2 U controller enclosure with 25

enclosure x 2.5-inch disk slots
● Depth: 820 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm
2 U controller enclosure with 12
x 3.5-inch disk slots
● Depth: 900 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm
2 U NVMe controller enclosure
with 36 x palm-sized NVMe
SSDs:
● Depth: 920 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 198

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Module Parameter 5600 V5

Weight (without disks) 2 U controller enclosure with 25

x 2.5-inch disk slots: 38.05 kg
2 U controller enclosure with 12
x 3.5-inch disk slots: 38.5 kg
2 U NVMe controller enclosure
with 36 x palm-sized NVMe
SSDs: 42.8 kg

2 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 410 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without disks) 13.4 kg

4 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 488 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 175 mm

Weight (without disks) 23.95 kg

2 U smart SAS Dimensions ● Depth: 520 mm

disk enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
with 25 x 2.5-
inch disk slots ● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without disks) 22.45 kg

2 U smart SAS Dimensions ● Depth: 600 mm

disk enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
with 12 x 3.5-
inch disk slots ● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without disks) 22.8 kg

2 U smart NVMe Dimensions ● Depth: 620 mm

disk enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without disks) 24.95 kg

Cabinet Depth (recommended) 1200 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 199

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Electrical Specifications
Item 5600 V5

Power consumption Controller enclosure 2 U controller enclosure with

25 x 2.5-inch disk slots:
● Max: 1500 W
● Typical: 1182 W
● Min: 1070 W
2 U controller enclosure with
12 x 3.5-inch disk slots:
● Max: 1493 W
● Typical: 1132 W
● Min: 984 W
2 U controller enclosure with
36 x palm-sized NVMe SSDs:
● Max: 1674 W
● Typical: 1399 W
● Min: 1269 W

2 U SAS disk enclosure ● Max: 323 W

● Typical: 209 W
● Min: 138 W

4 U SAS disk enclosure ● Max: 582 W

● Typical: 406 W
● Min: 354 W

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 640 W

enclosure with 25 x ● Typical: 436 W
2.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 402 W

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 630 W

enclosure with 12 x ● Typical: 414 W
3.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 373 W

2 U smart NVMe disk ● Max: 879 W

enclosure ● Typical: 582 W
● Min: 512 W

Power voltage and Controller enclosure ● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC

rated current ±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 200

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5600 V5

Disk enclosure Smart SAS disk enclosure and

smart NVMe disk enclosure:
● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC
±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A
SAS disk enclosure:
● AC: 100 V to 240 V, AC
±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A

AC power input type ● AC: IEC60320-C14

(socket type) ● 240 V high-voltage DC:
IEC60320-C14

Capacity of each BBU 30 Wh

Reliability Specifications
Item Value

Solution reliability 99.9999%

Mean Time Between 1,000,000 hours

Failures (MTBF)

Mean Time To 2 hours

Repair (MTTR)

6.1.4 Hardware Specifications (5800 V5)

Hardware specifications cover the hardware configuration, port specifications, disk
specifications, dimensions, weight, electrical specifications, and reliability
specifications.
Table 6-4 describes the hardware specification categories to help you quickly find
out the specification information you need.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 201

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Table 6-4 Description of hardware specification categories

Category Description

Hardware Describes the configuration of major hardware components,

Configuration such as processors, memory capacity, hard disks, and ports.

Port Describes the port specifications, such as the maximum

Specifications number of ports provided by each type of interface module
and the maximum number of interface modules supported by
each controller.

Disk Describes the dimensions, rotational speed, capacity, and

Specifications weight of each type of disks.

Dimensions Describes the dimensions and weight of controller enclosures

and Weight and disk enclosures.
(Unpackaged)

Electrical Describes the electrical specifications of controller enclosures

Specifications and disk enclosures.

Reliability Describes the reliability specifications of the storage system.

Specifications

Hardware Configuration
Item 5800 V5

Processors per controller 64-core processor

Cache size per controller 768 GB

Maximum number of 2
controllers per enclosure

Maximum number of 4
controllers (direct-connection
network)

Maximum number of 16*

controllers (switch-connection
network)

Maximum number of disks 2400

(for a storage system)

Maximum number of disks 2400

(for a single controller
enclosure)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 202

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5800 V5

Controller enclosure ● 2 U controller enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

configuration disk slots
● 2 U controller enclosure with 12 x 3.5-inch
disk slots
● 2 U controller enclosure with 36 x palm-
sized NVMe SSDs

Supported disk enclosure ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

types disk slots
● 4 U SAS disk enclosure with 24 x 3.5-inch
disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 12 x 3.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure with 36 x
palm-sized NVMe SSDs

Maximum number of disk ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure: 100

enclosures ● 4 U SAS disk enclosure: 100
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure (with 12 or 25
disk slots): 40
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure: 40

Maximum number of disk V500R007C60:

enclosures connected to back- ● A maximum of eight SAS disk enclosures
end channels (ports) can be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two
are recommended.
● A maximum of two smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.
V500R007C70 and later versions:
● A maximum of eight SAS disk enclosures
can be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two
are recommended.
● A maximum of four smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.

Supported disk types SSD, SAS, NL-SAS, and palm-sized NVMe SSD

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 203

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5800 V5

Supported hot-swappable ● 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel

interface modules ● 16 Git/s Fibre Channel
● 32 Git/s Fibre Channel
● GE
● 10GE
● 25GE
● 40GE
● 100GE

Supported hot-swappable ● 12 Gbit/s SAS

expansion modules ● 100 Gbit/s RDMA

Maximum number of hot- 6

swappable I/O interface
modules per controller

Onboard I/O ports per ● Maintenance network ports: 2 x GE ports

controller ● Serial port: 1 port
● Front-end ports: none
● Ports for disk connection:
– 2 x 4 x 12 Gbit/s SAS ports
– 2 x 2 x 100 Gbit/s ETH ports

Length of SAS expansion ● Electrical cables: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, and 5 m

cables ● Optical cables: 15 m

Length of RDMA expansion ● Electrical cables: 1 m and 2 m

cables ● Optical cables: 10 m

Type and length of scale-out Optical cables: 10 m

cables

Type and length of front-end DLC to DLC multi-mode (8, 10, 16, 25, or 32
cables Gbit/s): 3 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
MPO to MPO multi-mode (40 or 100 Gbit/s): 3
m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
LC to LC single-mode (16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel
or 10GE): 10 km (Optical modules are provided
while optical fibers must be prepared by
customers.)

Redundancy of main ● BBU: 1 (per controller)

components ● Power modules: 1+1
● Fans: 5+1 (per controller)

*: If you require the specifications marked by *, contact Huawei sales personnel.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 204

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Port Specifications
Maximum Number of Ports 5800 V5
per Interface Module

SmartIO interface module Used for front-end access, each with four optical
ports.
The port type can be 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10
Gbit/s ETH, or 25 Gbit/s ETH (cannot be
negotiated to GE).

GE electrical interface Front-end module, each with four 1 Gbit/s ETH

module electrical ports

40GE/100GE interface Front-end module, each with two 40 Gbit/s or

module 100 Gbit/s ETH optical ports

25 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the direct connection between

module controller enclosures. Each module has four 25
Gbit/s RoCE optical ports.

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the switch-based connection between
module (SO) controller enclosures. Each module has two 100
Gbit/s RoCE optical ports.

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the back-end connection to smart disk
module (BE) enclosures. Each module has two 100 Gbit/s
RDMA optical ports.

12 Gbit/s SAS expansion Back-end module, each with four ports

module

Maximum Number of Ports per 5800 V5

Controller

8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 24

16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 24

32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 24

GE port 24

10GE port 24

40GE port 12

100GE port 12

25GE port 24

12 Gbit/s SAS expansion port 14

100 Gbit/s RDMA port 12

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 205

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Specifications
Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity
s nal
Speed

SAS 2.5-inch 10,000 0.25 kg ● 600 GB

rpm ● 1.2 TB
● 1.8 TB
● 2.4 TB

NL-SAS 3.5-inch 7200 0.725 kg ● 4 TB

rpm ● 6 TB
● 8 TB
● 10 TB
● 14 TB

SSD 2.5-inch - 0.25 kg ● 960 GB

● 1.92 TB
● 3.84 TBb
● 7.68 TBb
● 15.36 TB

3.5-inch 0.35 kg ● 960 GB

● 3.84 TB

Palm-sized 0.25 kg ● 1.92 TBc

NVMe SSD ● 3.84 TB
NOTE
160 mm x ● 7.68 TB
79.8 mm x
9.5 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 206

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity

s nal
Speed

a: Restricted by the storage principles, SSDs and mechanical disks such as NL-
SAS and SAS disks cannot be preserved for a long term while they are powered
off.
● When SSDs are powered off and the ambient temperature is lower than
40ºC, the maximum preservation time for SSDs that carry no data is 12
months, and that for SSDs carrying data is 3 months. If the maximum
preservation time is exceeded, data loss or SSD failure may occur.
● When the wet-bulb temperature is lower than 30ºC, packed mechanical disks
and unpacked mechanical disks that are powered off can be preserved for a
maximum of six months. If the maximum preservation time is exceeded, data
loss or disk failure may occur. The maximum preservation time is determined
based on the disk preservation specifications provided by the mechanical disk
vendor. For details about the specifications, see the manual provided by the
vendor.
b: Self-encrypting drives (SEDs) are supported (not sold in the Chinese
mainland).
c: V500R007C70 and later versions.

Dimensions and Weight (Unpackaged)

Module Parameter 5800 V5

Controller enclosure Dimensions 2 U controller enclosure with 25

x 2.5-inch disk slots
● Depth: 820 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm
2 U controller enclosure with 12
x 3.5-inch disk slots
● Depth: 900 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm
2 U NVMe controller enclosure
with 36 x palm-sized NVMe
SSDs:
● Depth: 920 mm
● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 207

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Module Parameter 5800 V5

Weight (without 2 U controller enclosure with 25

disks) x 2.5-inch disk slots: 38.05 kg
2 U controller enclosure with 12
x 3.5-inch disk slots: 38.5 kg
2 U NVMe controller enclosure
with 36 x palm-sized NVMe
SSDs: 40.65 kg

2 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 410 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 13.4 kg

disks)

4 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 488 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 175 mm

Weight (without 23.95 kg

disks)

2 U smart SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 520 mm

enclosure with 25 x ● Width: 447 mm
2.5-inch disk slots
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 22.45 kg

disks)

2 U smart SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 600 mm

enclosure with 12 x ● Width: 447 mm
3.5-inch disk slots
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 22.8 kg

disks)

2 U smart NVMe disk Dimensions ● Depth: 620 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 24.95 kg

disks)

Cabinet Depth 1200 mm

(recommended)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 208

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Electrical Specifications
Item 5800 V5

Power Controller enclosure 2 U controller enclosure with 25 x

consumption 2.5-inch disk slots:
● Max: 1547 W
● Typical: 1194 W
● Min: 1080 W
2 U controller enclosure with 12 x
3.5-inch disk slots:
● Max: 1540 W
● Typical: 1157 W
● Min: 1015 W
2 U controller enclosure with 36 x
palm-sized NVMe SSDs:
● Max: 1721 W
● Typical: 1421 W
● Min: 1279 W

2 U SAS disk ● Max: 323 W

enclosure ● Typical: 209 W
● Min: 138 W

4 U SAS disk ● Max: 582 W

enclosure ● Typical: 406 W
● Min: 354 W

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 640 W

enclosure with 25 x ● Typical: 436 W
2.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 402 W

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 630 W

enclosure with 12 x ● Typical: 414 W
3.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 373 W

2 U smart NVMe disk ● Max: 879 W

enclosure ● Typical: 582 W
● Min: 512 W

Power voltage and Controller enclosure ● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC±10%, 10

rated current A, single-phase, 50/60 Hz, and
110 V dual-live wire input (2W
+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC: 240 V,
DC±20%, and 10 A

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 209

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5800 V5

Disk enclosure Smart SAS disk enclosure and

smart NVMe disk enclosure:
● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC±10%, 10
A, single-phase, 50/60 Hz, and
110 V dual-live wire input (2W
+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC: 240 V,
DC±20%, and 10 A
SAS disk enclosure:
● AC: 100 V to 240 V, AC±10%, 10
A, single-phase, 50/60 Hz, and
110 V dual-live wire input (2W
+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC: 240 V,
DC±20%, and 10 A

AC power input type ● AC: IEC60320-C14

(socket type) ● 240 V high-voltage DC:
IEC60320-C14

Capacity of each BBU 30 Wh

Reliability Specifications
Item Value

Solution reliability 99.9999%

Mean Time Between 1,000,000 hours

Failures (MTBF)

Mean Time To 2 hours

Repair (MTTR)

6.1.5 Hardware Specifications (6800 V5)

Hardware specifications cover the hardware configuration, port specifications, disk
specifications, dimensions, weight, electrical specifications, and reliability
specifications.
Table 6-5 describes the hardware specification categories to help you quickly find
out the specification information you need.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 210

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Table 6-5 Description of hardware specification categories

Category Description

Hardware Describes the configuration of major hardware components,

Configuration such as processors, memory capacity, hard disks, and ports.

Port Describes the port specifications, such as the maximum

Specifications number of ports provided by each type of interface module
and the maximum number of interface modules supported by
each controller.

Disk Describes the dimensions, rotational speed, capacity, and

Specifications weight of each type of disks.

Dimensions Describes the dimensions and weight of controller enclosures

and Weight and disk enclosures.
(Unpackaged)

Electrical Describes the electrical specifications of controller enclosures

Specifications and disk enclosures.

Reliability Describes the reliability specifications of the storage system.

Specifications

Hardware Configuration
Item 6800 V5

Processors per controller 96-core processor

Cache size per controller ● 256 GB

● 512 GB
● 1 TB

Maximum number of 4
controllers per enclosure

Maximum number of 8
controllers (direct-connection
network)

Maximum number of 16*

controllers (switch-connection
network)

Maximum number of disks 3200

(for a storage system)

Maximum number of disks 2400

(for a single controller
enclosure)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 211

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 6800 V5

Controller enclosure 4 U controller enclosure not housing disks

configuration

Supported disk enclosure ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-inch

types disk slots
● 4 U SAS disk enclosure with 24 x 3.5-inch
disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 25 x 2.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure with 12 x 3.5-
inch disk slots
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure with 36 x
palm-sized NVMe SSDs

Maximum number of disk ● 2 U SAS disk enclosure: 100

enclosures ● 4 U SAS disk enclosure: 100
● 2 U smart SAS disk enclosure (with 12 or 25
disk slots): 80
● 2 U smart NVMe disk enclosure: 80

Maximum number of disk V500R007C60:

enclosures connected to back- ● A maximum of four SAS disk enclosures can
end channels (ports) be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two are
recommended.
● A maximum of two smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.
V500R007C70 and later versions:
● A maximum of four SAS disk enclosures can
be connected to a pair of SAS ports. Two are
recommended.
● A maximum of four smart SAS disk
enclosures can be connected to a pair of
RDMA ports. Two are recommended.

Supported disk types SSD, SAS, NL-SAS, and palm-sized NVMe SSD

Supported hot-swappable ● 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel

interface modules ● 16 Git/s Fibre Channel
● 32 Git/s Fibre Channel
● GE
● 10GE
● 25GE
● 40GE
● 100GE

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 212

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 6800 V5

Supported hot-swappable ● 12 Gbit/s SAS V2

expansion modules ● 100 Gbit/s RDMA

Maximum number of hot- 28 (shared by four controllers)

swappable I/O interface
modules per controller

Onboard I/O ports per None

controller

Length of SAS expansion ● Electrical cables: 1 m, 2 m, 3 m, and 5 m

cables ● Optical cables: 15 m

Length of RDMA expansion ● Electrical cables: 1 m and 2 m

cables ● Optical cables: 10 m

Type and length of scale-out Optical cables: 10 m

cables

Type and length of front-end DLC to DLC multi-mode (8, 10, 16, 25, or 32
cables Gbit/s): 3 m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
MPO to MPO multi-mode (40 or 100 Gbit/s): 3
m, 10 m, 20 m, 50 m, and 100 m
LC to LC single-mode (16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel
or 10GE): 10 km (Optical modules are provided
while optical fibers must be prepared by
customers.)

Redundancy of main ● BBU: 1 (per controller)

components ● Power modules: 2+2
● Fans: 6+1 (per controller)

*: If you require the specifications marked by *, contact Huawei sales personnel.

Port Specifications
Maximum Number of Ports 6800 V5
per Interface Module

SmartIO interface module Used for front-end access, each with four optical
ports.
The port type can be 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10
Gbit/s ETH, or 25 Gbit/s ETH (cannot be
negotiated to GE).

GE electrical interface Front-end module, each with four 1 Gbit/s ETH

module electrical ports

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 213

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Maximum Number of Ports 6800 V5

per Interface Module

40GE/100GE interface Front-end module, each with two 40 Gbit/s or

module 100 Gbit/s ETH optical ports

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the switch-based connection between
module (SO) controller enclosures. Each module has two 100
Gbit/s RoCE optical ports.

100 Gbit/s RDMA interface Used for the back-end connection to smart disk
module (BE) enclosures. Each module has two 100 Gbit/s
RDMA optical ports.

12 Gbit/s SAS V2 shared Back-end module, each with four ports

expansion module

Maximum Number of Ports per 6800 V5

Controller

8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 80

16 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 80

32 Gbit/s Fibre Channel port 80

GE port 20

10GE port 20

40GE port 10

100GE port 10

25GE port 20

12 Gbit/s SAS expansion port 48 (for each controller enclosure with

dual controllers)

100 Gbit/s RDMA port 48 (for each controller enclosure with

dual controllers)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 214

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Specifications
Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity
s nal
Speed

SAS 2.5-inch 10,000 0.25 kg ● 600 GB

rpm ● 1.2 TB
● 1.8 TB
● 2.4 TB

NL-SAS 3.5-inch 7200 0.725 kg ● 4 TB

rpm ● 6 TB
● 8 TB
● 10 TB
● 14 TB

SSD 2.5-inch - 0.25 kg ● 960 GB

● 1.92 TB
● 3.84 TBb
● 7.68 TBb
● 15.36 TB

3.5-inch 0.35 kg ● 960 GB

● 3.84 TB

Palm-sized 0.25 kg ● 1.92 TBc

NVMe SSD ● 3.84 TB
NOTE
160 mm x ● 7.68 TB
79.8 mm x
9.5 mm

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 215

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Disk Typea Dimension Rotatio Weight Capacity

s nal
Speed

a: Restricted by the storage principles, SSDs and mechanical disks such as NL-
SAS and SAS disks cannot be preserved for a long term while they are powered
off.
● When SSDs are powered off and the ambient temperature is lower than
40ºC, the maximum preservation time for SSDs that carry no data is 12
months, and that for SSDs carrying data is 3 months. If the maximum
preservation time is exceeded, data loss or SSD failure may occur.
● When the wet-bulb temperature is lower than 30ºC, packed mechanical disks
and unpacked mechanical disks that are powered off can be preserved for a
maximum of six months. If the maximum preservation time is exceeded, data
loss or disk failure may occur. The maximum preservation time is determined
based on the disk preservation specifications provided by the mechanical disk
vendor. For details about the specifications, see the manual provided by the
vendor.
b: Self-encrypting drives (SEDs) are supported (not sold in the Chinese
mainland).
c: V500R007C70 and later versions.

Dimensions and Weight (Unpackaged)

Module Parameter 6800 V5

Controller enclosure Dimensions ● Depth: 865 mm

● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 175 mm

Weight (without ● 71.9 kg (dual-controller

disks) system)
● 88.2 kg (four-controller
system)

2 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 410 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 13.4 kg

disks)

4 U SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 488 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 175 mm

Weight (without 23.95 kg

disks)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 216

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Module Parameter 6800 V5

2 U smart SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 520 mm

enclosure with 25 x ● Width: 447 mm
2.5-inch disk slots
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 22.45 kg

disks)

2 U smart SAS disk Dimensions ● Depth: 600 mm

enclosure with 12 x ● Width: 447 mm
3.5-inch disk slots
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 22.8 kg

disks)

2 U smart NVMe disk Dimensions ● Depth: 620 mm

enclosure ● Width: 447 mm
● Height: 86.1 mm

Weight (without 24.95 kg

disks)

Cabinet Depth 1200 mm

(recommended)

Electrical Specifications
Item 6800 V5

Power consumption Controller enclosure Dual controllers:

● Max: 2256 W
● Typical: 1649 W
● Min: 1587 W
Four controllers:
● Max: 3597 W
● Typical: 2881 W
● Min: 2657 W

2 U SAS disk enclosure ● Max: 323 W

● Typical: 209 W
● Min: 138 W

4 U SAS disk enclosure ● Max: 582 W

● Typical: 406 W
● Min: 354 W

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 217

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 6800 V5

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 640 W

enclosure with 25 x ● Typical: 436 W
2.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 402 W

2 U smart SAS disk ● Max: 630 W

enclosure with 12 x ● Typical: 414 W
3.5-inch disk slots
● Min: 373 W

2 U smart NVMe disk ● Max: 879 W

enclosure ● Typical: 582 W
● Min: 512 W

Power voltage and Controller enclosure ● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC

rated current ±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A

Disk enclosure Smart SAS disk enclosure and

smart NVMe disk enclosure:
● AC: 200 V to 240 V, AC
±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A
SAS disk enclosure:
● AC: 100 V to 240 V, AC
±10%, 10 A, single-phase,
50/60 Hz, and 110 V dual-
live wire input (2W+PE)
● 240 V high-voltage DC:
240 V, DC±20%, and 10 A

AC power input type ● AC: IEC60320-C14

(socket type) ● 240 V high-voltage DC:
IEC60320-C14

Capacity of each BBU 30 Wh

Reliability Specifications
Item Value

Solution reliability 99.9999%

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 218

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item Value

Mean Time Between 1,000,000 hours

Failures (MTBF)

Mean Time To 2 hours

Repair (MTTR)

6.2 Software Specifications

6.2.1 Software Specifications (5300 V5)

Software specifications include basic specifications, feature specifications,
performance specifications, supported operating systems, and license control.
Table 6-6 describes the categories of storage software specifications to help you
quickly locate the specification information you need.

Table 6-6 Description of software specification categories

Category Description

Basic Describes the basic software specifications of the storage

Specifications system, including the maximum number of connected
application servers, maximum number of LUNs, and
maximum number of mapping views.

Feature Describes the feature specifications of the storage system,

Specifications such as snapshot, remote replication, and LUN copy.

Supported Describes the operating systems supported by the storage

Operating system.
Systems

License Control Describes whether software features of the storage unit are
controlled by licenses.

Basic Specifications
Item 5300 V5

Maximum number of connected ● With Fibre Channel ports: 4096

application servers ● With iSCSI ports: 1024

Maximum number of hosts per 64

host group

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 219

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5300 V5

Maximum number of LUNs 8192

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 8192.

Maximum number of LUN groups 4096

Maximum number of LUNs that 511

can be mapped to a host

Minimum capacity of a LUN 512 KB

Maximum capacity of a LUN 256 TB

Maximum number of Fibre 2048

Channel initiators (WWN
initiators)

Maximum number of iSCSI 1024

initiators

Maximum number of mapping 4095

views

Maximum number of iSCSI 2048

connections per controller

Maximum number of iSCSI 512

connections per port

Maximum number of Fibre 4096

Channel connections per controller

Maximum number of Fibre 2048

Channel connections per port

Maximum number of PE LUNs 64

Maximum number of VVol LUNs 8192

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 8192.

Maximum number of disk domains 64

Maximum number of disks in a 1200

disk domain

Minimum number of disks in a 4

disk domain per controller
enclosure

Maximum number of storage 64

pools

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 220

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5300 V5

Maximum number of LUNs in a 8192

storage pool

RAID level 0, 1, 3, 5, 6, 10, 50

Maximum number of file systems ● The total number of clone file systems
and file systems cannot exceed 2048.
● The total number of clone file systems,
file systems, LUNs, and writable LUN
snapshots cannot exceed 8192.

Minimum capacity of a file system 1 GB

Maximum capacity of a file system 16 PB

Maximum number of files per file 2 billion

system

Maximum capacity of a file 256 TB

Maximum number of sub- 30 million

directories and files per directory

Maximum number of SMB shares 12,000

Maximum number of NFS shares 10,000

Maximum number of CIFS and 16,000

NFS connections per controller

Maximum number of FTP 64

connections per controller

Maximum number of HTTP 64

connections per controller

Maximum number of NDMP flows 8

per controller

Maximum number of local users 1000

Maximum number of local user 30,000

groups

Maximum number of users in a 100,000

user group

Maximum file path length 4096 bytes

Maximum length of a single file 1024 bytes

name or directory name

Maximum directory depth of a file 256

system

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 221

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5300 V5

Maximum number of files that can 150,000

be opened at a time on a
controller

Maximum number of logical ports 128

per controller

Maximum number of VLANs per 128

controller

Feature Specifications
Feature Name Parameter 5300 V5

HyperSnap Maximum number of LUN 4096

snapshots

Maximum number of read-only 64,000

snapshots in a file system

Maximum number of source 2048

LUNs

Maximum number of snapshots 512

for a source LUN

Maximum number of read-only 2048

snapshots for a source file
system

Maximum number of LUNs that 512

can be batch activated

Minimum interval of periodic 1 minute

snapshots for a file system

Recovery time of a file system < 10 seconds

snapshot

LUN copy Maximum number of LUN 64

copies

Maximum number of target 64

LUNs for each source LUN

LUN clone Maximum number of primary 256

LUNs

Maximum number of secondary 1024

LUNs

Maximum number of secondary 8

LUNs in a clone group

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 222

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5300 V5

Maximum number of consistent 64

split pairs

File system Maximum number of clone file ● The total number of

clone systems clone file systems and
file systems cannot
exceed 2048.
● The total number of
clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, and
writable LUN snapshots
cannot exceed 8192.

Maximum levels of cascading 8

clones

HyperReplicati Maximum number of pairs in a 1024

on remote replication (synchronous NOTE
+ asynchronous) ● The total number of SAN
HyperReplication pairs,
NAS HyperReplication
pairs, SAN HyperMetro
pairs, NAS HyperMetro
pairs, HyperVault pairs,
and doubled NAS
SmartMigration tasks
cannot exceed 1024.
● An intra-array
asynchronous replication
pair is displayed as two
remote replication pairs
and its specifications
double those of a remote
replication pair.

Maximum number of secondary ● Synchronous: 1

LUNs in a pair ● Asynchronous: 2

Maximum number of secondary Asynchronous: 1

file systems in a pair

Maximum number of connected 64

remote storage devices

Maximum number of remote 512 (synchronous +

replication consistency groups asynchronous)

Maximum number of pairs in a 512

remote replication consistent
group

Maximum number of remote 127

replication vStore pairs

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 223

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5300 V5

Maximum number of physical 256

links that connect to each
controller

SmartQoS Maximum number of SmartQoS 1024

policies

Maximum number of LUNs 64

supported by a policy

Number of priority levels 3

SmartPartition Maximum cache partitions for 8

every two controllers

Minimum size of a cache 256 MB

partition

Maximum size of a cache 5 GB

partition

SmartTier Maximum number of tiers ● SAN: 3 (SSD/SAS/NL-

SAS)
● NAS: 2 (SSD/HDD, HDD
including SAS and NL-
SAS)

Migration granularity ● SAN: 512 KB, 1 MB, 2

(configurable) MB, 4 MB, 8 MB, 16 MB,
32 MB, or 64 MB (4 MB
by default)
● NAS: file size

Data migration speed ● SAN: High/Medium/Low

● NAS: automatically
(unconfigurable)

SmartMotion Granularity 64 MB

SmartThin Maximum number of thin LUNs 8192

(same as the maximum number
of thick LUNs)

Maximum capacity of a thin 256 TB

LUN

Conversion between thin and Supported (Implemented

thick LUNs through LUN migration)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 224

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5300 V5

Granularity of a thin LUN ● When

SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is not
enabled, the value is
fixed at 64 KB.
● When
SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is enabled,
the default value is 16
KB. The value can be set
to 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32
KB, or 64 KB on the CLI.

Space reclamation Supported

SmartMigratio Maximum number of LUNs that 8

n (SAN) can be simultaneously migrated
for each controller

Maximum number of LUNs for 512

which migration can be
configured at a time

Maximum number of LUNs for 512

which consistency split can be
performed

SmartMigratio Maximum number of file 32

n (NAS)b systems that can be migrated
simultaneously by each
controller

Number of file systems for 64

which migration can be
configured at a time

SmartErase Maximum number of LUNs 8

whose data can be
simultaneously destructed on
each controller

SmartMulti- Maximum number of tenants 127

Tenant
Maximum number of tenant 256
administrators

Maximum number of tenant 32

administrators for a tenant

SmartVirtualiza Maximum number of external 2048

tion LUNs

Maximum number of external 32

storage arrays

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 225

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5300 V5

Maximum number of paths for 8

each external LUN

Maximum number of 2048

masqueraded LUNs

Maximum number of links that 256

connect to external arrays

Maximum number of links that 128

connect to external arrays on a
single controller

HyperMirror Maximum number of volume 128

mirrors

Number of copies per volume 2

mirror

SmartQuota Number of quota directory trees 4096

per file system

User quota 1000

User group quota 30,000

SmartCompres Granularity of data block ● File system: 8 KB, 16 KB,

sion compression 32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable
● LUN: 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB,
32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable

SmartDedupe Granularity of data block 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

deduplication (configurable) or 64 KB self-adaptable

SmartCache Total SSD cache capacity per ● 4800 GB (64 GB

controller memory per controller)
● 4800 GB (128 GB
memory per controller)

Number of SSD cache partitions Eight user partitions and

for every two controllers one default cache partition

Data block granularity of SSD 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

cache 64 KB, or 128 KB self-
adaptable

NAS antivirus Virus-scanning mode CIFS share (scanning starts

when files are closed)

Maximum number of antivirus 256

servers

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 226

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5300 V5

Maximum number of file Same as the maximum

systems that can be monitored number of file systems in
the system

Maximum number of virus 512

scanning policies

Maximum number of antivirus 32

servers per vStore

HyperMetro Maximum number of 1

(SAN) HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 1.

Maximum number of 128

HyperMetro LUN consistency
groups

Maximum number of 512

HyperMetro pairs

Maximum number of pairs in a 512

consistency group

Maximum number of pairs in a 512

HyperMetro domain

Maximum number of physical 256

links that connect to a controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Supported physical link types 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types iSCSI or Fibre Channel

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

HyperMetro Maximum number of 1

(NAS) HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 1.

Maximum number of 127

HyperMetro vStore pairs

Maximum number of file system 256

pairs

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 227

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5300 V5

Maximum number of physical 256

links that connect to a controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Supported physical link types 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types SMB3.0/NFSv3/NFSv4.0/

NFSv4.1

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

Quorum client Maximum number of quorum 2

(on the storage servers that can be connected to
side) an array

Maximum number of quorum 2

servers that can be connected to
a HyperMetro domain

Maximum number of IP 2
addresses (at the server side)
that can be added to a quorum
server

Maximum number of links that 2

can be connected from each
controller of an array to the
same quorum server

Quorum server Maximum number of 8

(on the server HyperMetro arrays supported by
side) a quorum server

Maximum number of quorum IP 4

addresses that can be configured
for each quorum server

HyperVault Maximum number of backup 512

pairs

Maximum number of backup ● V500R007C60: 4096

copies ● V500R007C70 and later:
8192

Backup speed Fast, high, medium, low

Backup period 5 minutes to 1 month

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 228

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5300 V5

Maximum number of backup Local backup policy: 4

policies per pair Remote backup policy: 4

Maximum number of backup Local backup policy: 256

copies per pair Remote backup policy: 256

Supported Operating Systems

Use the Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator to check the operating
systems supported by storage systems.

License Control
Function Requiring a License or Not

HyperSnap Yes
NOTE
The same license is used for HyperSnap for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the HyperSnap feature, a user can
create snapshots for both block and file services.

HyperClone Yes

HyperCopy Yes

HyperReplicati Yes
on NOTE
The same license is used for HyperReplication for block and file
services. After importing the license file for the HyperReplication
feature, a user can create remote replications for both block and file
services.

SmartQoS Yes

SmartTier Yes

SmartMotion Yes

SmartThin Yes

SmartPartition Yes

SmartMigratio Yes
n NOTE
The same license is used for SmartMigration for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the SmartMigration feature, a user
can SmartMigration for both block and file services.

SmartErase Yes

SmartMulti- Yes
Tenant

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 229

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Function Requiring a License or Not

SmartVirtualiza Yes
tion

HyperMirror Yes

SmartCompres Yes
sion (for
LUN&FS)

SmartDedupe Yes
(for LUN&FS)

SmartQuota Yes

CIFS Yes

NFS Yes

SmartCache Yes

WORM Yes
(HyperLock)

NDMP Yes

HyperMetro Yes
(for LUN)

HyperMetro Yes
(for FS)

HyperVault Yes

NOTE

As the OceanStor SystemReporter and OceanStor UltraPath are not deployed on a storage
system, you cannot check them on the license management page of the storage system. To
view purchased features, you can obtain the product authorization certificate from your
dealer, which shows the purchased features.

Interoperability
You can go to Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator and select
components such as an operating system and multipathing software you want to
check to obtain the interoperability information.

6.2.2 Software Specifications (5500 V5)

Software specifications include basic specifications, feature specifications,
performance specifications, supported operating systems, and license control.

Table 6-7 describes the categories of storage software specifications to help you
quickly locate the specification information you need.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 230

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Table 6-7 Description of software specification categories

Category Description

Basic Describes the basic software specifications of the storage

Specifications system, including the maximum number of connected
application servers, maximum number of LUNs, and
maximum number of mapping views.

Feature Describes the feature specifications of the storage system,

Specifications such as snapshot, remote replication, and LUN copy.

Supported Describes the operating systems supported by the storage

Operating system.
Systems

License Control Describes whether software features of the storage unit are
controlled by licenses.

Basic Specifications
Item 5500 V5

Maximum number of connected ● With Fibre Channel ports: 4096

application servers ● With iSCSI ports: 1024

Maximum number of hosts per host 64

group

Maximum number of LUNs 8192

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 8192.

Maximum number of LUN groups 4096

Maximum number of LUNs that can 511

be mapped to a host

Minimum capacity of a LUN 512 KB

Maximum capacity of a LUN 256 TB

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 4096

initiators (WWN initiators)

Maximum number of iSCSI initiators 1024

Maximum number of mapping views 4095

Maximum number of iSCSI 2048

connections per controller

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 231

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5500 V5

Maximum number of iSCSI 512

connections per port

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 4096

connections per controller

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 2048

connections per port

Maximum number of PE LUNs 64

Maximum number of VVol LUNs 8192

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 8192.

Maximum number of disk domains 64

Maximum number of disks in a disk 1600

domain

Minimum number of disks in a disk 4

domain per controller enclosure

Maximum number of storage pools 64

Maximum number of LUNs in a 8192

storage pool

RAID level 0, 1, 3, 5, 6, 10, 50

Maximum number of file systems ● The total number of clone file

systems and file systems cannot
exceed 2048.
● The total number of clone file
systems, file systems, LUNs, and
writable LUN snapshots cannot
exceed 8192.

Minimum capacity of a file system 1 GB

Maximum capacity of a file system 16 PB

Maximum number of files per file 2 billion

system

Maximum capacity of a file 256 TB

Maximum number of sub-directories 30 million

and files per directory

Maximum number of SMB shares 12,000

Maximum number of NFS shares 10,000

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 232

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5500 V5

Maximum number of CIFS and NFS 16,000

connections per controller

Maximum number of FTP 128

connections per controller

Maximum number of HTTP 64

connections per controller

Maximum number of NDMP flows 8

per controller

Maximum number of local users 2000

Maximum number of local user 50,000

groups

Maximum number of users in a user 150,000

group

Maximum file path length 4096 bytes

Maximum length of a single file 1024 bytes

name or directory name

Maximum directory depth of a file 256

system

Maximum number of files that can 150,000

be opened at a time on a controller

Maximum number of logical ports 128

per controller

Maximum number of VLANs per 128

controller

Feature Specifications
Feature Name Parameter 5500 V5

HyperSnap Maximum number of LUN 4096

snapshots

Maximum number of read-only 64,000

snapshots in a file system

Maximum number of source 2048

LUNs

Maximum number of snapshots 512

for a source LUN

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 233

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5500 V5

Maximum number of read-only 2048

snapshots for a source file
system

Maximum number of LUNs that 512

can be batch activated

Minimum interval of periodic 1 minute

snapshots for a file system

Recovery time of a file system < 10 seconds

snapshot

LUN copy Maximum number of LUN 64

copies

Maximum number of target 64

LUNs for each source LUN

LUN clone Maximum number of primary 256

LUNs

Maximum number of secondary 1024

LUNs

Maximum number of secondary 8

LUNs in a clone group

Maximum number of consistent 64

split pairs

File system Maximum number of clone file ● The total number of

clone systems clone file systems and
file systems cannot
exceed 2048.
● The total number of
clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, and
writable LUN snapshots
cannot exceed 8192.

Maximum levels of cascading 8

clones

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 234

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5500 V5

HyperReplicatio Maximum number of pairs in a 1024

n remote replication (synchronous NOTE
+ asynchronous) ● The total number of SAN
HyperReplication pairs,
NAS HyperReplication
pairs, SAN HyperMetro
pairs, NAS HyperMetro
pairs, HyperVault pairs,
and doubled NAS
SmartMigration tasks
cannot exceed 1024.
● An intra-array
asynchronous replication
pair is displayed as two
remote replication pairs
and its specifications
double those of a remote
replication pair.

Maximum number of secondary ● Synchronous: 1

LUNs in a pair ● Asynchronous: 2

Maximum number of secondary Asynchronous: 1

file systems in a pair

Maximum number of connected 64

remote storage devices

Maximum number of remote 512 (synchronous +

replication consistency groups asynchronous)

Maximum number of pairs in a 512

remote replication consistent
group

Maximum number of remote 127

replication vStore pairs

Maximum number of physical 256

links that connect to each
controller

SmartQoS Maximum number of SmartQoS 4096

policies

Maximum number of LUNs 64

supported by a policy

Number of priority levels 3

SmartPartition Maximum cache partitions for 8

every two controllers

Minimum size of a cache 256 MB

partition

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 235

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5500 V5

Maximum size of a cache 5 GB

partition

SmartTier Maximum number of tiers ● SAN: 3 (SSD/SAS/NL-

SAS)
● NAS: 2 (SSD/HDD, HDD
including SAS and NL-
SAS)

Migration granularity ● SAN: 512 KB, 1 MB, 2

(configurable) MB, 4 MB, 8 MB, 16 MB,
32 MB, or 64 MB (4 MB
by default)
● NAS: file size

Data migration speed ● SAN: High/Medium/Low

● NAS: automatically
(unconfigurable)

SmartMotion Granularity 64 MB

SmartThin Maximum number of thin LUNs 8192

(same as the maximum number
of thick LUNs)

Maximum capacity of a thin 256 TB

LUN

Conversion between thin and Supported (Implemented

thick LUNs through LUN migration)

Granularity of a thin LUN ● When

SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is not
enabled, the value is
fixed at 64 KB.
● When
SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is enabled,
the default value is 16
KB. The value can be set
to 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32
KB, or 64 KB on the CLI.

Space reclamation Supported

SmartMigration Maximum number of LUNs that 8

(SAN) can be simultaneously migrated
for each controller

Maximum number of LUNs for 512

which migration can be
configured at a time

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 236

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5500 V5

SmartMigration Maximum number of file 32

(NAS)b systems that can be migrated
simultaneously by each
controller

Number of file systems for 128

which migration can be
configured at a time

SmartErase Maximum number of LUNs 8

whose data can be
simultaneously destructed on
each controller

SmartMulti- Maximum number of tenants 127

Tenant
Maximum number of tenant 256
administrators

Maximum number of tenant 32

administrators for a tenant

SmartVirtualiza Maximum number of external 2048

tion LUNs

Maximum number of external 32

storage arrays

Maximum number of paths for 8

each external LUN

Maximum number of 2048

masqueraded LUNs

Maximum number of links that 256

connect to external arrays

Maximum number of links that 128

connect to external arrays on a
single controller

HyperMirror Maximum number of volume 128

mirrors

Number of copies per volume 2

mirror

SmartQuota Number of quota directory trees 4096

per file system

User quota 2000

User group quota 50,000

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 237

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5500 V5

SmartCompress Granularity of data block ● File system: 8 KB, 16 KB,

ion compression 32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable
● LUN: 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB,
32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable

SmartDedupe Granularity of data block 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

deduplication (configurable) or 64 KB self-adaptable

SmartCache Total SSD cache capacity per ● 4800 GB (192 GB

controller memory per controller)
● 9600 GB (256 GB
memory per controller)

Number of SSD cache partitions Eight user partitions and

for every two controllers one default cache partition

Data block granularity of SSD 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

cache 64 KB, or 128 KB self-
adaptable

NAS antivirus Virus-scanning mode CIFS share (scanning starts

when files are closed)

Maximum number of antivirus 256

servers

Maximum number of file Same as the maximum

systems that can be monitored number of file systems in
the system

Maximum number of virus 512

scanning policies

Maximum number of antivirus 32

servers per vStore

HyperMetro Maximum number of 2

(SAN) HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 2.

Maximum number of 128

HyperMetro LUN consistency
groups

Maximum number of 512

HyperMetro pairs

Maximum number of pairs in a 512

consistency group

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 238

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5500 V5

Maximum number of pairs in a 512

HyperMetro domain

Maximum number of physical 256

links that connect to a
controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Supported physical link types 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types iSCSI or Fibre Channel

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

HyperMetro Maximum number of 2

(NAS) HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 2.

Maximum number of 127

HyperMetro vStore pairs

Maximum number of file 256

system pairs

Maximum number of physical 256

links that connect to a
controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Supported physical link types 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types SMB3.0/NFSv3/NFSv4.0/

NFSv4.1

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

Quorum client Maximum number of quorum 4

(on the storage servers that can be connected
side) to an array

Maximum number of quorum 2

servers that can be connected
to a HyperMetro domain

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 239

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5500 V5

Maximum number of IP 2
addresses (at the server side)
that can be added to a quorum
server

Maximum number of links that 2

can be connected from each
controller of an array to the
same quorum server

Quorum server Maximum number of 8

(on the server HyperMetro arrays supported by
side) a quorum server

Maximum number of quorum IP 4

addresses that can be
configured for each quorum
server

HyperVault Maximum number of backup 512

pairs

Maximum number of backup ● V500R007C60: 4096

copies ● V500R007C70 and later:
8192

Backup speed Fast, high, medium, low

Backup period 5 minutes to 1 month

Maximum number of backup Local backup policy: 4

policies per pair Remote backup policy: 4

Maximum number of backup Local backup policy: 256

copies per pair Remote backup policy: 256

Supported Operating Systems

Use the Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator to check the operating
systems supported by storage systems.

License Control
Function Requiring a License or Not

HyperSnap Yes
NOTE
The same license is used for HyperSnap for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the HyperSnap feature, a user can
create snapshots for both block and file services.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 240

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Function Requiring a License or Not

HyperClone Yes

HyperCopy Yes

HyperReplicati Yes
on NOTE
The same license is used for HyperReplication for block and file
services. After importing the license file for the HyperReplication
feature, a user can create remote replications for both block and file
services.

SmartQoS Yes

SmartTier Yes

SmartMotion Yes

SmartThin Yes

SmartPartition Yes

SmartMigratio Yes
n NOTE
The same license is used for SmartMigration for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the SmartMigration feature, a user
can SmartMigration for both block and file services.

SmartErase Yes

SmartMulti- Yes
Tenant

SmartVirtualiza Yes
tion

HyperMirror Yes

SmartCompres Yes
sion (for
LUN&FS)

SmartDedupe Yes
(for LUN&FS)

SmartQuota Yes

CIFS Yes

NFS Yes

SmartCache Yes

WORM Yes
(HyperLock)

NDMP Yes

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 241

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Function Requiring a License or Not

HyperMetro Yes
(for LUN)

HyperMetro Yes
(for FS)

HyperVault Yes

NOTE

As the OceanStor SystemReporter and OceanStor UltraPath are not deployed on a storage
system, you cannot check them on the license management page of the storage system. To
view purchased features, you can obtain the product authorization certificate from your
dealer, which shows the purchased features.

Interoperability
You can go to Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator and select
components such as an operating system and multipathing software you want to
check to obtain the interoperability information.

6.2.3 Software Specifications (5600 V5)

Software specifications include basic specifications, feature specifications,
performance specifications, supported operating systems, and license control.
Table 6-8 describes the categories of storage software specifications to help you
quickly locate the specification information you need.

Table 6-8 Description of software specification categories

Category Description

Basic Describes the basic software specifications of the storage

Specifications system, including the maximum number of connected
application servers, maximum number of LUNs, and
maximum number of mapping views.

Feature Describes the feature specifications of the storage system,

Specifications such as snapshot, remote replication, and LUN copy.

Supported Describes the operating systems supported by the storage

Operating system.
Systems

License Control Describes whether software features of the storage unit are
controlled by licenses.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 242

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Basic Specifications
Item 5600 V5

Maximum number of connected ● With Fibre Channel ports: 4096

application servers ● With iSCSI ports: 1024

Maximum number of hosts per host 64

group

Maximum number of LUNs 16,384

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 16,384.

Maximum number of LUN groups 4096

Maximum number of LUNs that can 511

be mapped to a host

Minimum capacity of a LUN 512 KB

Maximum capacity of a LUN 256 TB

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 4096

initiators (WWN initiators)

Maximum number of iSCSI initiators 1024

Maximum number of mapping views 4095

Maximum number of iSCSI 2048

connections per controller

Maximum number of iSCSI 512

connections per port

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 4096

connections per controller

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 2048

connections per port

Maximum number of PE LUNs 64

Maximum number of VVol LUNs 16,384

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 16,384.

Maximum number of disk domains 64

Maximum number of disks in a disk 2000

domain

Minimum number of disks in a disk 4

domain per controller enclosure

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 243

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5600 V5

Maximum number of storage pools 64

Maximum number of LUNs in a 16,384

storage pool

RAID level 0, 1, 3, 5, 6, 10, 50

Maximum number of file systems ● The total number of clone file

systems and file systems cannot
exceed 2048.
● The total number of clone file
systems, file systems, LUNs, and
writable LUN snapshots cannot
exceed 16,384.

Minimum capacity of a file system 1 GB

Maximum capacity of a file system 16 PB

Maximum number of files per file 2 billion

system

Maximum capacity of a file 256 TB

Maximum number of sub-directories 30 million

and files per directory

Maximum number of SMB shares 12,000

Maximum number of NFS shares 10,000

Maximum number of CIFS and NFS 21,000

connections per controller

Maximum number of FTP 128

connections per controller

Maximum number of HTTP 128

connections per controller

Maximum number of NDMP flows 16

per controller

Maximum number of local users 2000

Maximum number of local user 50,000

groups

Maximum number of users in a user 150,000

group

Maximum file path length 4096 bytes

Maximum length of a single file 1024 bytes

name or directory name

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 244

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5600 V5

Maximum directory depth of a file 256

system

Maximum number of files that can 200,000

be opened at a time on a controller

Maximum number of logical ports 128

per controller

Maximum number of VLANs per 128

controller

Feature Specifications
Feature Name Parameter 5600 V5

HyperSnap Maximum number of LUN 8192

snapshots

Maximum number of read- 64,000

only snapshots in a file
system

Maximum number of 4096

source LUNs

Maximum number of 1024

snapshots for a source
LUN

Maximum number of read- 2048

only snapshots for a source
file system

Maximum number of LUNs 512

that can be batch
activated

Minimum interval of 1 minute

periodic snapshots for a
file system

Recovery time of a file < 10 seconds

system snapshot

LUN copy Maximum number of LUN 256

copies

Maximum number of 128

target LUNs for each
source LUN

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 245

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5600 V5

LUN clone Maximum number of 1024

primary LUNs

Maximum number of 2048

secondary LUNs

Maximum number of 8
secondary LUNs in a clone
group

Maximum number of 512

consistent split pairs

File system clone Maximum number of clone ● The total number of

file systems clone file systems and
file systems cannot
exceed 2048.
● The total number of
clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, and
writable LUN snapshots
cannot exceed 16,384.

Maximum levels of 8
cascading clones

HyperReplication Maximum number of pairs 1024

in a remote replication NOTE
(synchronous + ● The total number of SAN
asynchronous) HyperReplication pairs,
NAS HyperReplication
pairs, SAN HyperMetro
pairs, NAS HyperMetro
pairs, HyperVault pairs,
and doubled NAS
SmartMigration tasks
cannot exceed 1024.
● An intra-array
asynchronous replication
pair is displayed as two
remote replication pairs
and its specifications
double those of a remote
replication pair.

Maximum number of ● Synchronous: 1

secondary LUNs in a pair ● Asynchronous: 2

Maximum number of Asynchronous: 1

secondary file systems in a
pair

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 246

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5600 V5

Maximum number of 64
connected remote storage
devices

Maximum number of 512 (synchronous +

remote replication asynchronous)
consistency groups

Maximum number of pairs 512

in a remote replication
consistent group

Maximum number of 127

remote replication vStore
pairs

Maximum number of 256

physical links that connect
to each controller

SmartQoS Maximum number of 4096

SmartQoS policies

Maximum number of LUNs 64

supported by a policy

Number of priority levels 3

SmartPartition Maximum cache partitions 8

for every two controllers

Minimum size of a cache 256 MB

partition

Maximum size of a cache 5 GB

partition

SmartTier Maximum number of tiers ● SAN: 3 (SSD/SAS/NL-

SAS)
● NAS: 2 (SSD/HDD, HDD
including SAS and NL-
SAS)

Migration granularity ● SAN: 512 KB, 1 MB, 2

(configurable) MB, 4 MB, 8 MB, 16 MB,
32 MB, or 64 MB (4 MB
by default)
● NAS: file size

Data migration speed ● SAN: High/Medium/Low

● NAS: automatically
(unconfigurable)

SmartMotion Granularity 64 MB

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 247

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5600 V5

SmartThin Maximum number of thin 16,384

LUNs (same as the
maximum number of thick
LUNs)

Maximum capacity of a 256 TB

thin LUN

Conversion between thin Supported (Implemented

and thick LUNs through LUN migration)

Granularity of a thin LUN ● When

SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is not
enabled, the value is
fixed at 64 KB.
● When
SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is enabled,
the default value is 16
KB. The value can be set
to 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32
KB, or 64 KB on the CLI.

Space reclamation Supported

SmartMigration Maximum number of LUNs 8

(SAN) that can be simultaneously
migrated for each
controller

Maximum number of LUNs 1024

for which migration can be
configured at a time

SmartMigration Maximum number of file 32

(NAS)b systems that can be
migrated simultaneously
by each controller

Number of file systems for 128

which migration can be
configured at a time

SmartErase Maximum number of LUNs 16

whose data can be
simultaneously destructed
on each controller

SmartMulti-Tenant Maximum number of 127

tenants

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 248

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5600 V5

Maximum number of 256

tenant administrators

Maximum number of 32
tenant administrators for a
tenant

SmartVirtualization Maximum number of 2048

external LUNs

Maximum number of 128

external storage arrays

Maximum number of 8
paths for each external
LUN

Maximum number of 2048

masqueraded LUNs

Maximum number of links 1024

that connect to external
arrays

Maximum number of links 512

that connect to external
arrays on a single
controller

HyperMirror Maximum number of 256

volume mirrors

Number of copies per 2

volume mirror

SmartQuota Number of quota directory 4096

trees per file system

User quota 2000

User group quota 50,000

SmartCompression Granularity of data block ● File system: 8 KB, 16 KB,

compression 32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable
● LUN: 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB,
32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable

SmartDedupe Granularity of data block 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

deduplication or 64 KB self-adaptable
(configurable)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 249

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5600 V5

SmartCache Total SSD cache capacity ● 9600 GB (384 GB

per controller memory per controller)
● 16 TB (512 GB memory
per controller)

Number of SSD cache Eight user partitions and

partitions for every two one default cache partition
controllers

Data block granularity of 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

SSD cache 64 KB, or 128 KB self-
adaptable

NAS antivirus Virus-scanning mode CIFS share (scanning starts

when files are closed)

Maximum number of 256

antivirus servers

Maximum number of file Same as the maximum

systems that can be number of file systems in
monitored the system

Maximum number of virus 512

scanning policies

Maximum number of 32
antivirus servers per vStore

HyperMetro (SAN) Maximum number of 2

HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 2.

Maximum number of 128

HyperMetro LUN
consistency groups

Maximum number of 512

HyperMetro pairs

Maximum number of pairs 512

in a consistency group

Maximum number of pairs 512

in a HyperMetro domain

Maximum number of 256

physical links that connect
to a controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 250

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5600 V5

Supported physical link 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

types Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types iSCSI or Fibre Channel

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

HyperMetro (NAS) Maximum number of 2

HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 2.

Maximum number of 127

HyperMetro vStore pairs

Maximum number of file 512

system pairs

Maximum number of 256

physical links that connect
to a controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Supported physical link 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

types Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types SMB3.0/NFSv3/NFSv4.0/

NFSv4.1

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

Quorum client (on Maximum number of 8

the storage side) quorum servers that can
be connected to an array

Maximum number of 2
quorum servers that can
be connected to a
HyperMetro domain

Maximum number of IP 2
addresses (at the server
side) that can be added to
a quorum server

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 251

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5600 V5

Maximum number of links 2

that can be connected
from each controller of an
array to the same quorum
server

Quorum server (on Maximum number of 8

the server side) HyperMetro arrays
supported by a quorum
server

Maximum number of 4
quorum IP addresses that
can be configured for each
quorum server

HyperVault Maximum number of 512

backup pairs

Maximum number of ● V500R007C60: 4096

backup copies ● V500R007C70 and later:
8192

Backup speed Fast, high, medium, low

Backup period 5 minutes to 1 month

Maximum number of Local backup policy: 4

backup policies per pair Remote backup policy: 4

Maximum number of Local backup policy: 256

backup copies per pair Remote backup policy: 256

Supported Operating Systems

Use the Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator to check the operating
systems supported by storage systems.

License Control
Function Requiring a License or Not

HyperSnap Yes
NOTE
The same license is used for HyperSnap for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the HyperSnap feature, a user can
create snapshots for both block and file services.

HyperClone Yes

HyperCopy Yes

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 252

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Function Requiring a License or Not

HyperReplicati Yes
on NOTE
The same license is used for HyperReplication for block and file
services. After importing the license file for the HyperReplication
feature, a user can create remote replications for both block and file
services.

SmartQoS Yes

SmartTier Yes

SmartMotion Yes

SmartThin Yes

SmartPartition Yes

SmartMigratio Yes
n NOTE
The same license is used for SmartMigration for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the SmartMigration feature, a user
can SmartMigration for both block and file services.

SmartErase Yes

SmartMulti- Yes
Tenant

SmartVirtualiza Yes
tion

HyperMirror Yes

SmartCompres Yes
sion (for
LUN&FS)

SmartDedupe Yes
(for LUN&FS)

SmartQuota Yes

CIFS Yes

NFS Yes

SmartCache Yes

WORM Yes
(HyperLock)

NDMP Yes

HyperMetro Yes
(for LUN)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 253

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Function Requiring a License or Not

HyperMetro Yes
(for FS)

HyperVault Yes

NOTE

As the OceanStor SystemReporter and OceanStor UltraPath are not deployed on a storage
system, you cannot check them on the license management page of the storage system. To
view purchased features, you can obtain the product authorization certificate from your
dealer, which shows the purchased features.

Interoperability
You can go to Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator and select
components such as an operating system and multipathing software you want to
check to obtain the interoperability information.

6.2.4 Software Specifications (5800 V5)

Software specifications include basic specifications, feature specifications,
performance specifications, supported operating systems, and license control.
Table 6-9 describes the categories of storage software specifications to help you
quickly locate the specification information you need.

Table 6-9 Description of software specification categories

Category Description

Basic Describes the basic software specifications of the storage

Specifications system, including the maximum number of connected
application servers, maximum number of LUNs, and
maximum number of mapping views.

Feature Describes the feature specifications of the storage system,

Specifications such as snapshot, remote replication, and LUN copy.

Supported Describes the operating systems supported by the storage

Operating system.
Systems

License Control Describes whether software features of the storage unit are
controlled by licenses.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 254

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Basic Specifications
Item 5800 V5

Maximum number of connected ● With Fibre Channel ports: 8192

application servers ● With iSCSI ports: 2048

Maximum number of hosts per host 64

group

Maximum number of LUNs 16,384

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 16,384.

Maximum number of LUN groups 8192

Maximum number of LUNs that can 511

be mapped to a host

Minimum capacity of a LUN 512 KB

Maximum capacity of a LUN 256 TB

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 8192

initiators (WWN initiators)

Maximum number of iSCSI initiators 2048

Maximum number of mapping views 8191

Maximum number of iSCSI 4096

connections per controller

Maximum number of iSCSI 512

connections per port

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 8192

connections per controller

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 2048

connections per port

Maximum number of PE LUNs 64

Maximum number of VVol LUNs 16,384

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 16,384.

Maximum number of disk domains 128

Maximum number of disks in a disk 2400

domain

Minimum number of disks in a disk 4

domain per controller enclosure

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 255

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5800 V5

Maximum number of storage pools 128

Maximum number of LUNs in a 16,384

storage pool

RAID level 0, 1, 3, 5, 6, 10, 50

Maximum number of file systems ● The total number of clone file

systems and file systems cannot
exceed 4096.
● The total number of clone file
systems, file systems, LUNs, and
writable LUN snapshots cannot
exceed 16,384.

Minimum capacity of a file system 1 GB

Maximum capacity of a file system 16 PB

Maximum number of files per file 2 billion

system

Maximum capacity of a file 256 TB

Maximum number of sub-directories 30 million

and files per directory

Maximum number of SMB shares 12,000

Maximum number of NFS shares 10,000

Maximum number of CIFS and NFS 26,000

connections per controller

Maximum number of FTP 128

connections per controller

Maximum number of HTTP 128

connections per controller

Maximum number of NDMP flows 16

per controller

Maximum number of local users 2000

Maximum number of local user 50,000

groups

Maximum number of users in a user 150,000

group

Maximum file path length 4096 bytes

Maximum length of a single file 1024 bytes

name or directory name

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 256

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 5800 V5

Maximum directory depth of a file 256

system

Maximum number of files that can 300,000

be opened at a time on a controller

Maximum number of logical ports 256

per controller

Maximum number of VLANs per 256

controller

Feature Specifications
Feature Name Parameter 5800 V5

HyperSnap Maximum number of LUN 8192

snapshots

Maximum number of read- 128,000

only snapshots in a file
system

Maximum number of source 4096

LUNs

Maximum number of 1024

snapshots for a source LUN

Maximum number of read- 2048

only snapshots for a source
file system

Maximum number of LUNs 512

that can be batch activated

Minimum interval of periodic 1 minute

snapshots for a file system

Recovery time of a file < 10 seconds

system snapshot

LUN copy Maximum number of LUN 256

copies

Maximum number of target 128

LUNs for each source LUN

LUN clone Maximum number of 1024

primary LUNs

Maximum number of 2048

secondary LUNs

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 257

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5800 V5

Maximum number of 8
secondary LUNs in a clone
group

Maximum number of 512

consistent split pairs

File system clone Maximum number of clone ● The total number of

file systems clone file systems and
file systems cannot
exceed 4096.
● The total number of
clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, and
writable LUN snapshots
cannot exceed 16,384.

Maximum levels of cascading 8

clones

HyperReplication Maximum number of pairs in 2048

a remote replication NOTE
(synchronous + ● The total number of SAN
asynchronous) HyperReplication pairs,
NAS HyperReplication
pairs, SAN HyperMetro
pairs, NAS HyperMetro
pairs, HyperVault pairs,
and doubled NAS
SmartMigration tasks
cannot exceed 2048.
● An intra-array
asynchronous replication
pair is displayed as two
remote replication pairs
and its specifications
double those of a remote
replication pair.

Maximum number of ● Synchronous: 1

secondary LUNs in a pair ● Asynchronous: 2

Maximum number of Asynchronous: 1

secondary file systems in a
pair

Maximum number of 64
connected remote storage
devices

Maximum number of remote 512 (synchronous +

replication consistency asynchronous)
groups

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 258

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5800 V5

Maximum number of pairs in 512

a remote replication
consistent group

Maximum number of remote 255

replication vStore pairs

Maximum number of 256

physical links that connect to
each controller

SmartQoS Maximum number of 4096

SmartQoS policies

Maximum number of LUNs 64

supported by a policy

Number of priority levels 3

SmartPartition Maximum cache partitions 8

for every two controllers

Minimum size of a cache 256 MB

partition

Maximum size of a cache 10 GB

partition

SmartTier Maximum number of tiers ● SAN: 3 (SSD/SAS/NL-

SAS)
● NAS: 2 (SSD/HDD, HDD
including SAS and NL-
SAS)

Migration granularity ● SAN: 512 KB, 1 MB, 2

(configurable) MB, 4 MB, 8 MB, 16 MB,
32 MB, or 64 MB (4 MB
by default)
● NAS: file size

Data migration speed ● SAN: High/Medium/Low

● NAS: automatically
(unconfigurable)

SmartMotion Granularity 64 MB

SmartThin Maximum number of thin 16,384

LUNs (same as the
maximum number of thick
LUNs)

Maximum capacity of a thin 256 TB

LUN

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 259

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5800 V5

Conversion between thin and Supported (Implemented

thick LUNs through LUN migration)

Granularity of a thin LUN ● When

SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is not
enabled, the value is
fixed at 64 KB.
● When
SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is enabled,
the default value is 16
KB. The value can be set
to 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32
KB, or 64 KB on the CLI.

Space reclamation Supported

SmartMigration Maximum number of LUNs 8

(SAN) that can be simultaneously
migrated for each controller

Maximum number of LUNs 1024

for which migration can be
configured at a time

SmartMigration Maximum number of file 64

(NAS)b systems that can be
migrated simultaneously by
each controller

Number of file systems for 256

which migration can be
configured at a time

SmartErase Maximum number of LUNs 16

whose data can be
simultaneously destructed on
each controller

SmartMulti-Tenant Maximum number of tenants 255

Maximum number of tenant 512

administrators

Maximum number of tenant 32

administrators for a tenant

SmartVirtualiza- Maximum number of 4096

tion external LUNs

Maximum number of 128

external storage arrays

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 260

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5800 V5

Maximum number of paths 8

for each external LUN

Maximum number of 4096

masqueraded LUNs

Maximum number of links 1024

that connect to external
arrays

Maximum number of links 512

that connect to external
arrays on a single controller

HyperMirror Maximum number of volume 256

mirrors

Number of copies per 2

volume mirror

SmartQuota Number of quota directory 4096

trees per file system

User quota 2000

User group quota 50,000

SmartCompression Granularity of data block ● File system: 8 KB, 16 KB,

compression 32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable
● LUN: 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB,
32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable

SmartDedupe Granularity of data block 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

deduplication (configurable) or 64 KB self-adaptable

SmartCache Total SSD cache capacity per 16 TB (768 GB memory per

controller controller)

Number of SSD cache Eight user partitions and

partitions for every two one default cache partition
controllers

Data block granularity of 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

SSD cache 64 KB, or 128 KB self-
adaptable

NAS antivirus Virus-scanning mode CIFS share (scanning starts

when files are closed)

Maximum number of 512

antivirus servers

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 261

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5800 V5

Maximum number of file Same as the maximum

systems that can be number of file systems in
monitored the system

Maximum number of virus 1024

scanning policies

Maximum number of 32
antivirus servers per vStore

HyperMetro (SAN) Maximum number of 2

HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 2.

Maximum number of 256

HyperMetro LUN consistency
groups

Maximum number of 1024

HyperMetro pairs

Maximum number of pairs in 1024

a consistency group

Maximum number of pairs in 1024

a HyperMetro domain

Maximum number of 256

physical links that connect to
a controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Supported physical link types 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types iSCSI or Fibre Channel

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

HyperMetro (NAS) Maximum number of 2

HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 2.

Maximum number of 255

HyperMetro vStore pairs

Maximum number of file 1024

system pairs

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 262

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5800 V5

Maximum number of 256

physical links that connect to
a controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Supported physical link types 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types SMB3.0/NFSv3/NFSv4.0/

NFSv4.1

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

Quorum client (on Maximum number of 16

the storage side) quorum servers that can be
connected to an array

Maximum number of 2
quorum servers that can be
connected to a HyperMetro
domain

Maximum number of IP 2
addresses (at the server side)
that can be added to a
quorum server

Maximum number of links 2

that can be connected from
each controller of an array to
the same quorum server

Quorum server Maximum number of 8

(on the server HyperMetro arrays supported
side) by a quorum server

Maximum number of 4
quorum IP addresses that
can be configured for each
quorum server

HyperVault Maximum number of backup 1024

pairs

Maximum number of backup ● V500R007C60: 8192

copies ● V500R007C70 and later:
16384

Backup speed Fast, high, medium, low

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 263

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 5800 V5

Backup period 5 minutes to 1 month

Maximum number of backup Local backup policy: 4

policies per pair Remote backup policy: 4

Maximum number of backup Local backup policy: 256

copies per pair Remote backup policy: 256

Supported Operating Systems

Use the Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator to check the operating
systems supported by storage systems.

License Control
Function Requiring a License or Not

HyperSnap Yes
NOTE
The same license is used for HyperSnap for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the HyperSnap feature, a user can
create snapshots for both block and file services.

HyperClone Yes

HyperCopy Yes

HyperReplicati Yes
on NOTE
The same license is used for HyperReplication for block and file
services. After importing the license file for the HyperReplication
feature, a user can create remote replications for both block and file
services.

SmartQoS Yes

SmartTier Yes

SmartMotion Yes

SmartThin Yes

SmartPartition Yes

SmartMigratio Yes
n NOTE
The same license is used for SmartMigration for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the SmartMigration feature, a user
can SmartMigration for both block and file services.

SmartErase Yes

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 264

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Function Requiring a License or Not

SmartMulti- Yes
Tenant

SmartVirtualiza Yes
tion

HyperMirror Yes

SmartCompres Yes
sion (for
LUN&FS)

SmartDedupe Yes
(for LUN&FS)

SmartQuota Yes

CIFS Yes

NFS Yes

SmartCache Yes

WORM Yes
(HyperLock)

NDMP Yes

HyperMetro Yes
(for LUN)

HyperMetro Yes
(for FS)

HyperVault Yes

NOTE

As the OceanStor SystemReporter and OceanStor UltraPath are not deployed on a storage
system, you cannot check them on the license management page of the storage system. To
view purchased features, you can obtain the product authorization certificate from your
dealer, which shows the purchased features.

Interoperability
You can go to Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator and select
components such as an operating system and multipathing software you want to
check to obtain the interoperability information.

6.2.5 Software Specifications (6800 V5)

Software specifications include basic specifications, feature specifications,
performance specifications, supported operating systems, and license control.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 265

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Table 6-10 describes the categories of storage software specifications to help you
quickly locate the specification information you need.

Table 6-10 Description of software specification categories

Category Description

Basic Describes the basic software specifications of the storage

Specifications system, including the maximum number of connected
application servers, maximum number of LUNs, and
maximum number of mapping views.

Feature Describes the feature specifications of the storage system,

Specifications such as snapshot, remote replication, and LUN copy.

Supported Describes the operating systems supported by the storage

Operating system.
Systems

License Control Describes whether software features of the storage unit are
controlled by licenses.

Basic Specifications
Item 6800 V5

Maximum number of connected ● With Fibre Channel ports: 8192

application servers ● With iSCSI ports: 2048

Maximum number of hosts per host 64

group

Maximum number of LUNs 65,536

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 65,536.

Maximum number of LUN groups 8192

Maximum number of LUNs that can 511

be mapped to a host

Minimum capacity of a LUN 512 KB

Maximum capacity of a LUN 256 TB

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 8192

initiators (WWN initiators)

Maximum number of iSCSI initiators 2048

Maximum number of mapping views 8191

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 266

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 6800 V5

Maximum number of iSCSI 4096

connections per controller

Maximum number of iSCSI 512

connections per port

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 8192

connections per controller

Maximum number of Fibre Channel 2048

connections per port

Maximum number of PE LUNs 64

Maximum number of VVol LUNs 65,536

NOTE
The total number of clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, writable LUN snapshots, PE
LUNs, and VVol LUNs cannot exceed 65,536.

Maximum number of disk domains 128

Maximum number of disks in a disk 3200

domain

Minimum number of disks in a disk 4

domain per controller enclosure

Maximum number of storage pools 128

Maximum number of LUNs in a 65,536

storage pool

RAID level 0, 1, 3, 5, 6, 10, 50

Maximum number of file systems ● The total number of clone file

systems and file systems cannot
exceed 4096.
● The total number of clone file
systems, file systems, LUNs, and
writable LUN snapshots cannot
exceed 65,536.

Minimum capacity of a file system 1 GB

Maximum capacity of a file system 16 PB

Maximum number of files per file 2 billion

system

Maximum capacity of a file 256 TB

Maximum number of sub-directories 30 million

and files per directory

Maximum number of SMB shares 12,000

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 267

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Item 6800 V5

Maximum number of NFS shares 10,000

Maximum number of CIFS and NFS 31,000

connections per controller

Maximum number of FTP 192

connections per controller

Maximum number of HTTP 256

connections per controller

Maximum number of NDMP flows 32

per controller

Maximum number of local users 4000

Maximum number of local user 70,000

groups

Maximum number of users in a user 250,000

group

Maximum file path length 4096 bytes

Maximum length of a single file 1024 bytes

name or directory name

Maximum directory depth of a file 256

system

Maximum number of files that can 400,000

be opened at a time on a controller

Maximum number of logical ports 256

per controller

Maximum number of VLANs per 256

controller

Feature Specifications
Feature Name Parameter 6800 V5

HyperSnap Maximum number of source 16,384

LUNs

Maximum number of 1024

snapshots for a source LUN

Maximum number of LUN 32,768

snapshots

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 268

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 6800 V5

Maximum number of LUNs 8192

that can be batch activated

Maximum number of read- 128,000

only snapshots in a file
system

Maximum number of read- 2048

only snapshots for a source
file system

Minimum interval of periodic 1 minute

snapshots for a file system

Recovery time of a file < 10 seconds

system snapshot

LUN copy Maximum number of LUN 256

copies

Maximum number of target 128

LUNs for each source LUN

LUN clone Maximum number of 1024

primary LUNs

Maximum number of 2048

secondary LUNs

Maximum number of 8
secondary LUNs in a clone
group

Maximum number of 512

consistent split pairs

File system clone Maximum number of clone ● The total number of

file systems clone file systems and
file systems cannot
exceed 4096.
● The total number of
clone file systems, file
systems, LUNs, and
writable LUN snapshots
cannot exceed 65,536.

Maximum levels of cascading 8

clones

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 269

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 6800 V5

HyperReplication Maximum number of pairs in 2048

a remote replication NOTE
(synchronous + ● The total number of SAN
asynchronous) HyperReplication pairs,
NAS HyperReplication
pairs, SAN HyperMetro
pairs, NAS HyperMetro
pairs, HyperVault pairs,
and doubled NAS
SmartMigration tasks
cannot exceed 2048.
● An intra-array
asynchronous replication
pair is displayed as two
remote replication pairs
and its specifications
double those of a remote
replication pair.

Maximum number of ● Synchronous: 1

secondary LUNs in a pair ● Asynchronous: 2

Maximum number of Asynchronous: 1

secondary file systems in a
pair

Maximum number of 64
connected remote storage
devices

Maximum number of remote 512 (synchronous +

replication consistency asynchronous)
groups

Maximum number of pairs in 512

a remote replication
consistent group

Maximum number of remote 255

replication vStore pairs

Maximum number of 256

physical links that connect to
each controller

SmartQoS Maximum number of 4096

SmartQoS policies

Maximum number of LUNs 64

supported by a policy

Number of priority levels 3

SmartPartition Maximum cache partitions 8

for every two controllers

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 270

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 6800 V5

Minimum size of a cache 256 MB

partition

Maximum size of a cache 20 GB

partition

SmartTier Maximum number of tiers ● SAN: 3 (SSD/SAS/NL-

SAS)
● NAS: 2 (SSD/HDD, HDD
including SAS and NL-
SAS)

Migration granularity ● SAN: 512 KB, 1 MB, 2

(configurable) MB, 4 MB, 8 MB, 16 MB,
32 MB, or 64 MB (4 MB
by default)
● NAS: file size

Data migration speed ● SAN: High/Medium/Low

● NAS: automatically
(unconfigurable)

SmartMotion Granularity 64 MB

SmartThin Maximum number of thin 65,536

LUNs (same as the
maximum number of thick
LUNs)

Maximum capacity of a thin 256 TB

LUN

Conversion between thin and Supported (Implemented

thick LUNs through LUN migration)

Granularity of a thin LUN ● When

SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is not
enabled, the value is
fixed at 64 KB.
● When
SmartDedupe&SmartCo
mpression is enabled,
the default value is 16
KB. The value can be set
to 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32
KB, or 64 KB on the CLI.

Space reclamation Supported

SmartMigration Maximum number of LUNs 8

(SAN) that can be simultaneously
migrated for each controller

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 271

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 6800 V5

Maximum number of LUNs 1024

for which migration can be
configured at a time

Maximum number of LUNs 1024

for which consistency split
can be performed

SmartMigration Maximum number of file 64

(NAS) systems that can be
migrated simultaneously by
each controller

Number of file systems for 256

which migration can be
configured at a time

SmartErase Maximum number of LUNs 16

whose data can be
simultaneously destructed on
each controller

SmartMulti-Tenant Maximum number of tenants 255

Maximum number of tenant 512

administrators

Maximum number of tenant 32

administrators for a tenant

SmartVirtualiza- Maximum number of 4096

tion external LUNs

Maximum number of 256

external storage arrays

Maximum number of paths 32

for each external LUN

Maximum number of 8192

masqueraded LUNs

Maximum number of links 8192

that connect to external
arrays

Maximum number of links 2048

that connect to external
arrays on a single controller

HyperMirror Maximum number of volume 512

mirrors

Number of copies per 2

volume mirror

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 272

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 6800 V5

SmartQuota Number of quota directory 4096

trees per file system

User quota 4000

User group quota 70,000

SmartCompression Granularity of data block ● File system: 8 KB, 16 KB,

compression 32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable
● LUN: 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB,
32 KB, or 64 KB self-
adaptable

SmartDedupe Granularity of data block 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

deduplication (configurable) or 64 KB self-adaptable

SmartCache Total SSD cache capacity per ● 9600 GB (256 GB

controller memory per controller)
● 16 TB (512 GB memory
per controller)
● 16 TB (1 TB memory
per controller)

Number of SSD cache Eight user partitions and

partitions for every two one default cache partition
controllers

Data block granularity of 4 KB, 8 KB, 16 KB, 32 KB,

SSD cache 64 KB, or 128 KB self-
adaptable

NAS antivirus Virus-scanning mode CIFS share (scanning starts

when files are closed)

Maximum number of 512

antivirus servers

Maximum number of file Same as the maximum

systems that can be number of file systems in
monitored the system

Maximum number of virus 1024

scanning policies

Maximum number of 32
antivirus servers per vStore

HyperMetro (SAN) Maximum number of 2

HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 2.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 273

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 6800 V5

Maximum number of 256

HyperMetro LUN consistency
groups

Maximum number of 1024

HyperMetro pairs

Maximum number of pairs in 1024

a consistency group

Maximum number of pairs in 1024

a HyperMetro domain

Maximum number of 256

physical links that connect to
a controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Supported physical link types 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types iSCSI or Fibre Channel

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

HyperMetro (NAS) Maximum number of 2

HyperMetro domains The number of NAS and
SAN HyperMetro domains
cannot exceed 2.

Maximum number of 255

HyperMetro vStore pairs

Maximum number of file 2048

system pairs

Maximum number of 256

physical links that connect to
a controller

Maximum distance < 300 km

Supported physical link types 8 Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 16

Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 32
Gbit/s Fibre Channel, 10GE,
25GE, 40GE, and 100GE

Supported protocol types SMB3.0/NFSv3/NFSv4.0/

NFSv4.1

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 274

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Feature Name Parameter 6800 V5

Arbitration mode Static priority mode

Quorum server mode

Quorum client (on Maximum number of 32

the storage side) quorum servers that can be
connected to an array

Maximum number of 2
quorum servers that can be
connected to a HyperMetro
domain

Maximum number of IP 2
addresses (at the server side)
that can be added to a
quorum server

Maximum number of links 2

that can be connected from
each controller of an array to
the same quorum server

Quorum server Maximum number of 8

(on the server HyperMetro arrays supported
side) by a quorum server

Maximum number of 4
quorum IP addresses that
can be configured for each
quorum server

HyperVault Maximum number of backup 1024

pairs

Maximum number of backup ● V500R007C60: 8192

copies ● V500R007C70 and later:
16384

Backup speed Fast, high, medium, low

Backup period 5 minutes to 1 month

Maximum number of backup Local backup policy: 4

policies per pair Remote backup policy: 4

Maximum number of backup Local backup policy: 256

copies per pair Remote backup policy: 256

Supported Operating Systems

Use the Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator to check the operating
systems supported by storage systems.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 275

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

License Control
Function Requiring a License or Not

HyperSnap Yes
NOTE
The same license is used for HyperSnap for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the HyperSnap feature, a user can
create snapshots for both block and file services.

HyperClone Yes

HyperCopy Yes

HyperReplicati Yes
on NOTE
The same license is used for HyperReplication for block and file
services. After importing the license file for the HyperReplication
feature, a user can create remote replications for both block and file
services.

SmartQoS Yes

SmartTier Yes

SmartMotion Yes

SmartThin Yes

SmartPartition Yes

SmartMigratio Yes
n NOTE
The same license is used for SmartMigration for block and file services.
After importing the license file for the SmartMigration feature, a user
can SmartMigration for both block and file services.

SmartErase Yes

SmartMulti- Yes
Tenant

SmartVirtualiza Yes
tion

HyperMirror Yes

SmartCompres Yes
sion (for
LUN&FS)

SmartDedupe Yes
(for LUN&FS)

SmartQuota Yes

CIFS Yes

NFS Yes

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 276

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 6 Product Specifications

Function Requiring a License or Not

SmartCache Yes

WORM Yes
(HyperLock)

NDMP Yes

HyperMetro Yes
(for LUN)

HyperMetro Yes
(for FS)

HyperVault Yes

NOTE

As the OceanStor SystemReporter and OceanStor UltraPath are not deployed on a storage
system, you cannot check them on the license management page of the storage system. To
view purchased features, you can obtain the product authorization certificate from your
dealer, which shows the purchased features.

Interoperability
You can go to Huawei Storage Interoperability Navigator and select
components such as an operating system and multipathing software you want to
check to obtain the interoperability information.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 277

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

7 Environmental Requirements

About This Chapter

Environmental requirements cover the following aspects: temperature, humidity,
particle contaminants, corrosive airborne contaminants, heat dissipation, and
noise.
7.1 Temperature, Humidity, and Altitude
7.2 Vibration and Shock
7.3 Particle Contaminants
7.4 Corrosive Airborne Contaminants
7.5 Heat Dissipation and Noise

7.1 Temperature, Humidity, and Altitude

Temperature, humidity, and altitude requirements must be met so that storage
systems can correctly work or be properly preserved.
Table 7-1 describes the temperature, humidity, and altitude requirements of the
storage system.

Table 7-1 Requirements on ambient temperature and humidity

Parameter Condition Requirement

Temperature Operating temperature ● 5°C to 40°C when the

altitude is between -60 m
and +1800 m
● At altitudes between 1800 m
and 3000 m, the temperature
drops by 1°C for 220 m of
altitude increase.

Temperature variation in 20°C/h

the operating
environment

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 278

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

Parameter Condition Requirement

Non-operating -40°C to 70°C

temperature

Humidity Humidity 10% RHa to 90% RH

Non-operating humidity 5% RH to 95% RH

Maximum humidity 20%/h

variation

Storage humidity (during 5% RH to 95% RH

transportation and
storage with packages)

Altitude Operating altitude of -304.8 m to +3048 m

disks

Non-operating altitude of -305 m to +12192 m

disks

a: relative humidity (RH)

NOTE
The disk running is affected by the environment. Ensure that disks are used in the
environment that meets environmental specifications. Otherwise, the disk failure rate may
increase.

7.2 Vibration and Shock

Vibration and shock requirements must be met so that storage systems can
correctly work or be properly preserved.
Table 7-2 shows the vibration and shock requirements of storage systems.

Table 7-2 Vibration and shock requirements of storage systems

Parameter Requirement

Operating vibration 5 to 350 Hz, PSD: 0.0002 g2/Hz, 350 to 500 Hz, -3 dB, 0.3
Grms

Non-operating 10 to 500 Hz, 1.49 Grms

vibration PSD:
● 10 [email protected] g2/Hz
● 20 [email protected] g2/Hz
● 50 [email protected] g2/Hz
● 100 [email protected] g2/Hz
● 500 [email protected] g2/Hz

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 279

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

Parameter Requirement

Non-operating 110 G/2 ms

shock

7.3 Particle Contaminants

Particle contaminants and other negative environmental factors (such as
abnormal temperature and humidity) may expose IT equipment to a higher risk of
corrosive failure. This section specifies the limitation on particle contaminants with
the aim at avoiding such risks.
The concentration level of particle contaminants in a data center should meet the
requirements listed in the white paper entitled Gaseous and Particulate
Contamination Guidelines for Data Centers published in 2011 by the American
Society of Heating Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
Technical Committee (TC) 9.9.
ASHRAE, affiliated to International Organization for Standardization (ISO), is an
international organization operated for the exclusive purpose of advancing the
arts and sciences of heating, ventilation, air-conditioning, and refrigeration (HVAC
& R). The Gaseous and Particulate Contamination Guidelines for Data Centers is
widely accepted, which is prepared by the members of ASHRAE TC 9.9, AMD,
Cisco, Cray, Dell, EMC, Hitachi, HP, IBM, Intel, Seagate, SGI, and Sun.
According to the Guidelines, particle contaminants in a data center shall reach the
cleanliness of ISO 14644-1 Class 8:
● Each cubic meter contains not more than 3,520,000 particles that are greater
than or equal to 0.5 μm.
● Each cubic meter contains not more than 832,000 particles that are greater
than or equal to 1 μm.
● Each cubic meter contains not more than 29,300 particles that are greater
than or equal to 5 μm.
It is recommended that you use an effective filter to process air flowing into the
data center as well as a filtering system to periodically clean the air already in the
data center.
ISO 14644-1, Cleanrooms and Associated Controlled Environments - Part 1:
Classification of Air Cleanliness, is the primary global standard on air cleanliness
classification. Table 7-3 gives the air cleanliness classification by particle
concentration.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 280

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

Table 7-3 Air cleanliness classification by particle concentration of ISO 14644-1

and maximum allowable concentrations (particles/m3) for particles

ISO Particle Particle Particle Particle Particle Particle

Class Size Size Size Size Size Size
≥ 0.1 μm ≥ 0.2 μm ≥ 0.3 μm ≥ 0.5 μm ≥ 1 μm ≥ 5 μm

Class 1 10 2 - - - -

Class 2 100 24 10 4 - -

Class 3 1000 237 102 35 8 -

Class 4 10,000 2370 1020 352 83 -

Class 5 100,000 23,700 10,200 3520 832 29

Class 6 1,000,00 237,000 102,000 35,200 8320 293

0

Class 7 - - - 352,000 83,200 2930

Class 8 - - - 3,520,000 832,000 29,300

Class 9 - - - - 8,320,00 293,000

0

7.4 Corrosive Airborne Contaminants

Corrosive airborne contaminants and other negative environmental factors (such
as abnormal temperature and humidity) may expose IT equipment to higher risks
of corrosive failure. This article specifies the limitation on corrosive airborne
contaminants with an aim at avoiding such risks.

Table 7-4 lists common corrosive airborne contaminants and their sources.

Table 7-4 Common corrosive airborne contaminants and their sources

Symbol Sources

H2S Geothermal emissions, microbiological activities,

fossil fuel processing, wood rot, sewage treatment

SO2, SO3 Coal combustion, petroleum products, automobile

emissions, ore smelting, sulfuric acid manufacture

S Foundries, sulfur manufacture, volcanoes

HF Fertilizer manufacture, aluminum manufacture,

ceramics manufacture, steel manufacture, electronics
device manufacture

NOX Automobile emissions, fossil fuel combustion,

chemical industry

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 281

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

Symbol Sources

NH3 Microbiological activities, sewage, fertilizer

manufacture, geothermal emissions, refrigeration
equipment

C Incomplete combustion (aerosol constituent),

foundry

CO Combustion, automobile emissions, microbiological

activities, tree rot

Cl2, ClO2 Chlorine manufacture, aluminum manufacture, zinc

manufacture, refuse decomposition

HCl Automobile emissions, combustion, forest fire,

oceanic processes, polymer combustion

HBr, HI Automobile emissions

O3 Atmospheric photochemical processes mainly

involving nitrogen oxides and oxygenated
hydrocarbons

CNHN Automobile emissions, animal waste, sewage, tree

rot

Organosilicon, organotin Chemical plant, rubber plant, paint or ink containing

organosilicon

The concentration level of corrosive airborne contaminants in a data center should

meet the requirements listed in the white paper entitled Gaseous and Particulate
Contamination Guidelines for Data Centers published in 2011 by the American
Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-conditioning Engineers (ASHRAE)
Technical Committee (TC) 9.9.
According to the Guidelines, corrosive airborne contaminants in a data center
should meet the following requirements:
● Copper corrosion rate
Less than 300 Å/month per ANSI/ISA-71.04-1985 severity level G1.
● Silver corrosion rate
Less than 200 Å/month.
NOTE

Å, or angstrom, is a unit of length. One Å is equal to 1/10,000,000,000 meter.

According to ANSI/ISA-71.04-1985 Environmental Conditions for Process

Measurement and Control Systems: Airborne Contaminants, the gaseous
corrosivity levels are G1 (mild), G2 (moderate), G3 (harsh), and GX (severe), as
described in Table 7-5.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 282

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

Table 7-5 Gaseous corrosivity levels per ANSI/ISA-71.04-1985

Severity Copper Reactivity Description
Level Level

G1 (mild) 300 Å/month An environment sufficiently well-

controlled such that corrosion is not a
factor in determining equipment
reliability.

G2 300 Å/month to An environment in which the effects of

(moderate) 1000 Å/month corrosion are measurable and may be a
factor in determining equipment
reliability.

G3 (harsh) 1000 Å/month to An environment in which there is high

2000 Å/month probability that corrosion will occur.

GX (severe) > 2000 Å/month An environment in which only specially

designed and packaged equipment would
be expected to survive.

See Table 7-6 for the copper and silver corrosion rate requirements.

Table 7-6 Concentration limitation of corrosive airborne contaminants in a data

center
Group Gas Unit Concentration

Group A H2S ppba <3

SO2 ppb < 10

Cl2 ppb <1

NO2 ppb < 50

Group B HF ppb <1

NH3 ppb < 500

O3 ppb <2

a: Part per billion (ppb) is the number of units of mass of a contaminant per
billion units of total mass.

Group A and group B are common gas groups in a data center. The concentration
limits of group A or group B that correspond to copper reactivity level G1 are
calculated based on the premise that relative humidity in the data center is lower
than 50% and that the gases in the group interact with each other. A 10% of
increase in the relative humidity will heighten the gaseous corrosivity level by 1.
Corrosion is not determined by a single factor, but by comprehensive
environmental factors such as temperature, relative humidity, corrosive airborne

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 283

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

contaminants, and ventilation. Any of the environmental factors may affect the
gaseous corrosivity level. Therefore, the concentration limitation values specified in
the previous table are for reference only.

7.5 Heat Dissipation and Noise

A storage system can run steadily using the heat dissipation system carried in its
own fan modules. An external device is necessary to remove the hot air discharged
from a storage system into the equipment room to ensure proper air circulation.

Heat Dissipation
Traditional heat dissipation modes are as follows:
● Controller enclosure
Cooling air enters from the front end through small holes on the interface
modules. After dissipating the heat of interface modules, controllers, and
power modules, the air is discharged out of its back end by fans. The
controller enclosure dynamically adjusts rotational speed of the fans based on
the operational temperature of the storage system.
● Disk enclosure
Cooling air enters from the front end through the space between disks,
passing the midplane, into the power modules and expansion modules. After
dissipating the heat, the air is discharged out of its back end by fans. The disk
enclosure dynamically adjusts rotational speed of the fans based on the
operational temperature of the storage system.
For better maintenance, ventilation, and heat dissipation, pay attention to the
following when installing the storage system in the cabinet:
● To ensure smooth ventilation, the cabinet should be at least 100 cm (39.4
inches) away from the equipment room walls and at least 120 cm (47.24
inches) away from other cabinets (that are in front of or behind).
● To keep air convection between the cabinet and the equipment room, no
enclosed space is allowed in the cabinet. 1 U (44.45 mm or 1.75 inches) space
should be left above and below each device.
The airflow parameters of the storage system are shown in Table 7-7.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 284

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

Table 7-7 Airflow parameters of storage systems

System 5300 V5 5500 V5 5600 5800 V5 6800 V5
Airflow V5

Controlle 2 U controller 2 U controller enclosure with ● 560

r enclosure with twenty-five 2.5-inch disks and 2 U CFM
enclosur twenty-five 2.5- controller enclosure with twelve (maxim
e inch disks 3.5-inch disks: um fan
● 150 CFMa ● 240 CFM (maximum fan speed) speed)
(maximum ● 96 CFM (25°C) ● 224
fan speed) CFM
2 U controller enclosure with 36 x (25°C)
● 55 CFM palm-sized NVMe SSDs:
(25°C)
● 260 CFM (maximum fan speed)
2 U controller
● 104 CFM (25°C)
enclosure with
twelve 3.5-inch
disks
● 140 CFM
(maximum
fan speed)
● 50 CFM
(25°C)

2 U SAS ● 117 CFM (maximum fan speed)

disk ● 38 CFM (25°C)
enclosur
e

4 U SAS ● 151 CFM (maximum fan speed)

disk ● 52 CFM (25°C)
enclosur
e

2U ● 150 CFM (maximum fan speed)

smart ● 55 CFM (25°C)
SAS disk
enclosur
e with
twenty-
five 2.5-
inch
disks

2U ● 140 CFM (maximum fan speed)

smart ● 50 CFM (25°C)
SAS disk
enclosur
e with
twelve
3.5-inch
disks

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 285

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

System 5300 V5 5500 V5 5600 5800 V5 6800 V5

Airflow V5

2U ● 135 CFM (maximum fan speed)

smart ● 45 CFM (25°C)
NVMe
disk
enclosur
e

a: cubic feet per minute (CFM)

The heat dissipation parameters of the storage system are shown in Table 7-8.

Table 7-8 Heat dissipation parameters of a storage system

Maximum 5300 V5 5500 V5 5600 V5 5800 V5 6800 V5

Heat
Dissipatio
n (in
Running)

Controller Power consumption x 3.41 BTU/H

enclosure

2 U SAS 1101 BTU/h

disk
enclosure

4 U SAS 1985 BTU/h

disk
enclosure

2 U smart 3641.9 BTU/h

SAS disk
enclosure
with
twenty-five
2.5-inch
disks

2 U smart 2571.1 BTU/h

SAS disk
enclosure
with twelve
3.5-inch
disks

2 U smart 3454.33 BTU/h

NVMe disk
enclosure

a: British thermal unit (BTU)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 286

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 7 Environmental Requirements

Noise
The disks and fans make noise when in operation, with fans being the major noise
source. The intensity of fan rotation is associated with the temperature. A higher
temperature leads to greater rotational speed by the fans, which in return creates
greater noise. Therefore, there is a direct correlation between the noise made by a
storage system and the ambient temperature in the equipment room.
When the temperature is 25°C, the parameters of the noise generated by the
storage system are shown in Table 7-9.

Table 7-9 Noise parameters of storage systems

Sound 5300 V5 5500 V5 5600 V5 5800 V5 6810 V5
Power

Controller 69 dB ● 2 U controller enclosure with 25 x 2.5- 71.6 dB

enclosure inch disk slots: 68.2 dB
● 2 U controller enclosure with 36 palm-
sized disk slots: 70.5 dB

2 U SAS 63.7 dB
disk
enclosure

4 U SAS 62.9 dB
disk
enclosure

2 U smart 69.9 dB
SAS disk
enclosure
with
twenty-
five 2.5-
inch disks

2 U smart 69.9 dB
SAS disk
enclosure
with
twelve
3.5-inch
disks

2 U smart 69.6 dB
NVMe
disk
enclosure

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 287

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 8 Standards Compliance

8 Standards Compliance

The chapter describes the protocol standards, the safety specifications and
electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) standards, and the industry standards that
the storage system complies with.

Protocol Standards
Table 8-1 lists the protocol standards that the storage system complies with.

Table 8-1 Protocol standards

Name Standard No.

SCSI FC-PH: ANSI X3.230

system
FC-PH2: ANSI X3.297

SCSI-FCP: ANSI X.269

FC-AL: ANSI X.272

FC-AL-2: ANSI NCITS 332-1999

FC-SW: ANSI NCITS 321

FC-SW-2: ANSI NCITS 355-2001

FC-GS: ANSI X.288 (for FC switch)

FC-GS2: ANSI NCITS 288 (for FC switch)

SAS Serial Attached SCSI-1.1 (SAS-1.1)

SAS Serial Attached SCSI-2.0 (SAS-2.0)

SAS Serial Attached SCSI-3.0 (SAS-3.0)

T10/1562D Rev.05 Serial Attached SCSI (SAS)

T10/1601D Rev.07 Serial Attached SCSI Model-1.1 (SAS-1.1)

T10/1601D Rev.07 Serial Attached SCSI Model-1.1 (SAS-2.0)

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 288

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 8 Standards Compliance

Name Standard No.

T10/1601D Rev.07 Serial Attached SCSI Model-1.1 (SAS-3.0)

SFF 8301 form factor of 3.5" disk drive

SFF 8323 3.5" disk drive form factor with serial connector

SFF 8482 SAS plug connector

SAM-4 INCITS 447-2008

SPC-4 INCITS 513-2015

SBC-3 INCITS 514-2014

PICMG3.0 Advanced Telecommunications Computing Architecture

PICMG3.1 Ethernet/Fibre Channel Over PICMG3.0

iSCSI RFC 3720/7143

TCP/IP SNMP v1
system
SNMP v2c

SNMP v3

PCIe PCI Express Base Specification R1.1

system
PCI Express Base Specification v2.0

PCI Express Base Specification v3.0

Interface Standards
Table 8-2 describes the interface standards that the storage systems comply with.

Table 8-2 Interface standards that the storage systems comply with
Name Description

VAAI An application programming interface (API) framework from

VMware. It enables some storage-related tasks (such as thin
provisioning) to be offloaded from a VMware server to a storage
array.

VASA An API used for VMware vSphere ESXi hosts to communicate with
storage devices. It enables vCenter to manage storage arrays in a
unified manner.

SRA An interface between VMware Site Recovery Manager (SRM) and a

storage system. It enables SRM to perform the following operations:
discovery of storage systems, non-disruptive failover test, emergency
or planned failover, reverse replication, backup, and restoration.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 289

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 8 Standards Compliance

Name Description

SMI-S A storage standard developed and maintained by the Storage

Networking Industry Association (SNIA). It aims to simplify the
management of a storage area network (SAN) that contains devices
from various manufacturers. It provides a universal management
interface for all types of network elements and simplifies the
management of a heterogeneous SAN environment.
NOTE
Log in to https://support.huawei.com/enterprise/. In the search field, enter
eSDK Storage, and select a path from the paths that are automatically
displayed to go to the document page. Search, browse, and download the SMI-
S Provider documents of the corresponding version to get more information.

ODX Offloaded data transfer (ODX) is a feature of Windows Server, which

offloads data copy operations to storage arrays. If ODX is not used, a
host reads data from and then writes it to a storage array. With ODX
enabled, the data copying tasks are offloaded from the host to the
storage array, reducing I/O workloads of the host.

Safety Specifications and EMC Standards

Table 8-3 lists the safety specifications and EMC standards that the storage
system complies with.

Table 8-3 Safety specifications and EMC standards

Name Standard No.

China safety standard GB 4943.1-2011

North America safety UL 60950-1

standard

European safety directive 2014/35/EU

European safety EN 60950-1

standard

China EMC standard GB/T9254-2008

GB17625.1-2012

Canada EMC standard ICES-003

North America EMC FCC, CFR47 Part 15, Subpart B

standard

European EMC directive 2014/30/EU

European EMC standard EN 55032

EN 55024

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 290

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 8 Standards Compliance

Industry Standards
Table 8-4 lists the industry standards that the storage system complies with.

Table 8-4 Industry standards

Name Standard No.

Ethernet IEEE 802.3

Fast Ethernet IEEE 802.3u

Gigabit Ethernet IEEE 802.3z

IEEE 802.3ab

10-Gigabit Ethernet IEEE 802.3ae

VLAN IEEE 802.1q

IEEE standard test access IEEE 1149.1-2001

port and boundary-scan
architecture

Procedure for failure IEC 812

modes and effects
analysis (FMEA)

Presentation of IEC 863

reliability,
maintainability and
availability predictions

ETSI standard ETS 300 019

(environment)

ETSI standard (power) ETS 300 132

ETSI standard (noise) ETS 300 753

ETSI standard ETS 300 119

(environment)

ETSI standard ETS 300 253

(grounding)

ITUT standard ITUT K.27

(grounding)

Environmental ECMA TR/70

protection

Reliability GR-929, Telcordia SR-332

Clean room and related ISO 14664-1 Class8

controlled environments

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 291

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 8 Standards Compliance

Name Standard No.

Airborne contaminants ANSI/ISA-71.04-1985 severity level G1

and environment
standards

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 292

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 9 Certifications

9 Certifications

The chapter describes the certifications of the storage system.

Table 9-1 lists the certifications that the storage system obtains.

Table 9-1 Certifications

Name Description

CB The Certification Bodies (CB) Scheme is an international scheme

operated by the IEC System for Conformity Testing and Certification
of Electrical Equipment (IECEE). Member countries of the IECEE test
electrical product performance based on the IEC standards. The
results, which are CB test reports and CB test certificates, are
recognized by all countries within the IECEE. The CB scheme is
designed for eliminating the international commerce barriers
resulted from the compliance with certifications and approval
guidelines of different countries.
The CB Scheme is formulated based on the IEC standard. If member
countries' national standards are not completely consistent with IEC
standards, the differences are allowed but must be disclosed to the
other members. A CB test certificate is used in the Scheme to prove
that a tested product sample has passed CB tests and meets related
IEC and member countries' requirements.

CCC China Compulsory Certification (CCC) is a three-in-one authoritative

certification incorporating the Conformity Certification of Electrical
Equipment (CCEE), the certificate for the safe license of import
granted by China Commodity Inspection Bureau (CCIB), and Safety
and Electro Magnetic Compatibility (EMC).
The CCC mainly involves the products related to human health and
security, animal and plant life and health, environmental protection,
and public security.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 293

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 9 Certifications

Name Description

FCC Federal Communications Commission (FCC) authorizes and

manages all RF transmission facilities and devices except for those
used by the federal government. It is also responsible for the
environmental damages generated by the facilities and devices it
approves.

IC Industry Canada (IC) sets up the test standards for analog and
digital terminal devices and specifies corresponding EMC certificates
that all import electronic products must obtain.

NRTL A Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) is an

independent laboratory recognized by the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration (OSHA) of the United States to test products
to applicable product safety standards.
The OSHA requires that products used in the workplace must be
tested by an NRTL and obtain security certificates after the products
pass all related tests to ensure the personal safety of users.

CE (LVD Conformite Europeenne (CE): Products marked with CE conform to

and the Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) Directive and Low Voltage
EMC) Directive (LVD) published by the European Commission. The LVD
and EMC Directive are mandatory requirements for entry to the
market.

REACH Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals

(REACH) is a regulation on the registration, assessment,
authorization and limitation of chemical substances, including
mixtures and articles made up of chemical substances. It is one of
EU's compulsory admission regulations.

CE The restriction of the use of certain hazardous substances in

(RoHS) electrical and electronic equipment (RoHS) is one of EU's
compulsory admission regulations.

WEEE Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Regulation (WEEE) is an

EU directive on electrical and electronic wastes. Electronic and
electrical products sold to the EU market must comply with the
directive, that is, the 3R (recovery, reuse, and recycling) of electronic
and electrical wastes and symbols of crossed-out wheeled bins.

CE (ErP) The Energy-related Product (ErP) Directive defines the ecodesign

requirements for storage systems, including the requirements on
power efficiency, material efficiency, and product information. It is
one of EU's compulsory admission regulations.

EAC Russia, Kazakhstan, and Belarus have integrated their own

certification technology requirements and formulated a unified
Customs Union (CU) certification. The products within the scope of
control are subject to mandatory certification of customs union
technical regulations (CU-TR), unified technical regulations and
evaluation modes, product qualification directories, certificate forms,
and technical supervision and registration.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 294

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 9 Certifications

Name Description

RCM The Australian & New Zealand Regulatory Compliance Mark (RCM)
is the mandatory compliance for selling electrical equipment
products in the market.

VCCI As the EMC mark in Japan, the VCCI certificate is managed by the
Voluntary Control Council for Interference by Information
Technology Equipment. The organization determines whether an
information technology product meets VCCI requirements based on
the Special International Committee on Radio Interference
(abbreviated as CISPR from its French name) 32 standard.

Security Symbol (CCC)

The product is a Class A device based on the CCC. Use of it in a residential area is
likely to cause radio interference. Users may be required to prevent the
interference by taking protective measures.

FCC-DOC
Supplier's Declaration of Conformity (SDoC)
Unique Identifier: trade name: HUAWEI; product name: Storage System; model
number: OceanStor 5300 V5, 5500 V5, 5600 V5, 5800 V5, and 6800 V5
Responsible Party- U.S. Contact Information
Huawei Technologies USA Inc.
5700 Tennyson Parkway, Suite 500
Plano, Texas 75024
Main: 214-919-6000 / TAC Hotline: 877-448-2934
FCC Compliance Statement (for products subject to Part 15)
This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference,
and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference
that may cause undesired operation.

VCCI
Product complies with VCCI Class A by Information Technology Equipment (ITE).

Class A ITE

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 295

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 9 Certifications

ErP Information
Energy-related Product information

Product type Storage system

Manufacturer's Administration Building, Headquarters of Huawei

name, registered Technologies Co., Ltd., Bantian, Longgang District,
trade name and Shenzhen, 518129, P.R.C
registered trade Tel: +86 755 28780808
address
Fax: +86 755 89652518

Product model OceanStor 5300 V5

number OceanStor 5500 V5
OceanStor 5600 V5
OceanStor 5800 V5
OceanStor 6800 V5

Manufacture data See the qualification certificate on the equipment.

PSU information Internal Rated Load Power Efficiency

power power factor
supply output
(W)

PAC800D 800 10% / 85.61%

1205-CE
20% / 91.92%

50% 0.990 94.20%

100% / 92.50%

PAC1500S 1500 10% / 87.96%

12-BE
20% / 92.41%

50% 0.994 94.28%

100% / 93.20%

PAC2000S 2000 10% / 88.83%

12-BG
20% / 92.56%

50% 0.999 94.15%

100% / 92.54%

Declared A3
operating
condition class

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 296

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 9 Certifications

Information on Refer to section Erasing Data from Disks in the

the secure data Administrator Guide.
deletion
functionality

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 297

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 10 Operation and Maintenance

10 Operation and Maintenance

The storage systems can be operated and maintained by using DeviceManager

and the command-line interface (CLI), adapting to different environments and
user habits.

Introduction to DeviceManager
Figure 10-1 shows the DeviceManager main window.

Figure 10-1 DeviceManager main window

Table 10-1 describes the components of the DeviceManager main window.

Table 10-1 Components of the DeviceManager main window

No. Name Description

1 Function pane The function pane shows a page associated with

the current operation.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 298

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description 10 Operation and Maintenance

No. Name Description

2 Status bar The status bar shows information such as the user
name currently logged in and the login time.

3 Navigation bar The navigation bar shows the function modules of

a storage system. Users can click a function
module to configure the corresponding functions.

4 Exit, help, and This area displays an exit button, a help button,
language selection and a language selection button. DeviceManager
area supports two languages: simplified Chinese and
English.

5 Fault statistics area The fault statistics area shows the number of
each level of system faults, helping users
understand the running status of a storage
system.

Users can log in to DeviceManager using a common browser.

To master GUI-based operations, you are advised to read this document and
practice the operations using the DeviceManager Demo. As a simulation program
of storage system management software, the DeviceManager Demo simulates
configuration and management operations on a storage system.

Introduction to the CLI

After logging in to the storage system through CLI, you can query, set, manage,
and maintain the storage system.
Users need to log in to the CLI by using terminal software, such as the
HyperTerminal provided by Windows, or PuTTY.
There are two ways to log in to the CLI.
● Log in through a serial port of a storage system. To connect to a serial port,
the maintenance terminal must be located next to the storage system.
Therefore, this login mode is applicable to the scenario where a user does not
know the management IP address of a storage system or a storage system is
faulty.
● Log in through a management network port of a storage system. When there
are reachable routes, a user can log in to the CLI by entering the IP address of
the management network port of a storage system in the terminal software.
IP networks are easily accessible. Therefore, a user can log in to a storage
system remotely, and this login mode is more popular.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 299

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description A How to Obtain Help

A How to Obtain Help

If a tough or critical problem persists in routine maintenance or troubleshooting,

contact Huawei for technical support.

A.1 Preparations for Contacting Huawei

To better solve the problem, you need to collect troubleshooting information and
make debugging preparations before contacting Huawei.

A.1.1 Collecting Troubleshooting Information

You need to collect troubleshooting information before troubleshooting.
You need to collect the following information:
● Name and address of the customer
● Contact person and telephone number
● Time when the fault occurred
● Description of the fault phenomena
● Device type and software version
● Measures taken after the fault occurs and the related results
● Troubleshooting level and required solution deadline

A.1.2 Making Debugging Preparations

When you contact Huawei for help, the technical support engineer of Huawei
might assist you to do certain operations to collect information about the fault or
rectify the fault directly.
Before contacting Huawei for help, you need to prepare the boards, port modules,
screwdrivers, screws, cables for serial ports, network cables, and other required
materials.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 300

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description A How to Obtain Help

A.2 How to Use the Document

Huawei provides guide documents shipped with the device. The guide documents
can be used to handle the common problems occurring in daily maintenance or
troubleshooting.
To better solve the problems, use the documents before you contact Huawei for
technical support.

A.3 How to Obtain Help from Website

Huawei provides users with timely and efficient technical support through the
regional offices, secondary technical support system, telephone technical support,
remote technical support, and onsite technical support.
Contents of the Huawei technical support system are as follows:
● Huawei headquarters technical support department
● Regional office technical support center
● Customer service center
● Technical support website: https://support.huawei.com/enterprise/
You can query how to contact the regional offices at https://
support.huawei.com/enterprise/.

A.4 Ways to Contact Huawei

Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. provides customers with comprehensive technical
support and service. For any assistance, contact our local office or company
headquarters.
Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd.
Address: Huawei Industrial Base Bantian, Longgang Shenzhen 518129 People's
Republic of China
Website: https://e.huawei.com/

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 301

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description B Glossary

B Glossary

If you want to obtain information about glossaries, visit https://

support.huawei.com/enterprise/. In the search field, enter a product model, and
select a path from the paths that are automatically displayed to go to the
document page of the product. Browse or download the OceanStor V5 Series
V500R007 Glossary.

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 302

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description C Acronyms and Abbreviations

C Acronyms and Abbreviations

A
ANSI American National Standards Institute

B
BBU Backup Battery Unit

C
CLI Command Line Interface

E
ESN Equipment Serial Number

F
FC Fibre Channel
FC-AL Fibre Channel Arbitrated Loop
FCoE Fibre Channel over Ethernet

G
GE Gigabit Ethernet
GUI Graphical User Interface

H
HBA Host Bus Adapter
HD High Density

I
IP Internet Protocol

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 303

OceanStor 5000 and 6000 V5 Series
Product Description C Acronyms and Abbreviations

ISA Instrument Society of America

iSCSI Internet Small Computer Systems Interface
ISO International Organization for Standardization

L
LUN Logical Unit Number

M
MTBF Mean Time Between Failures
MTTR Mean Time to Repair

N
NL-SAS Near Line Serial Attached SCSI

P
PDU Power Distribution Unit

U
USB Universal Serial Bus

R
RAID Redundant Array of Independent Disks
RSCN Registered State Change Notification

S
SAN Storage Area Network
SAS Serial Attached SCSI
SCSI Small Computer System Interface
SSD Solid State Drive

V
VLAN Virtual Local Area Network
VPN Virtual Private Network

Issue 03 (2020-04-10) Copyright © Huawei Technologies Co., Ltd. 304